blob: f09a5bdb7fca1b16dc49a1c25fabfa7530105f60 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
1564
1565 i = 0;
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1567 ++i;
1568
1569 /*
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1571 */
1572 while (line[i])
1573 {
1574 /*
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1576 */
1577 found_one = FALSE;
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1579 {
1580 /*
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1582 * put string at start of string.
1583 */
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1585 *flags = list;
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1589 continue;
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1591
1592 /*
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1594 * nested comments.
1595 */
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1597 continue;
1598
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1601 continue;
1602
1603 /*
1604 * Line contents and string must match.
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1607 * TABs and spaces).
1608 */
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1610 {
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1612 continue;
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1614 ++string;
1615 }
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1617 ;
1618 if (string[j] != NUL)
1619 continue;
1620
1621 /*
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1624 */
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1627 continue;
1628
1629 /*
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1631 */
1632 i += j;
1633 got_com = TRUE;
1634 found_one = TRUE;
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * No match found, stop scanning.
1640 */
1641 if (!found_one)
1642 break;
1643
1644 /*
1645 * Include any trailing white space.
1646 */
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1648 ++i;
1649
1650 /*
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1652 */
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1657}
1658#endif
1659
1660/*
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1662 */
1663 int
1664plines(lnum)
1665 linenr_T lnum;
1666{
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1668}
1669
1670 int
1671plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1672 win_T *wp;
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1675{
1676#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1678 * is one line anyway. */
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1680}
1681
1682 int
1683plines_nofill(lnum)
1684 linenr_T lnum;
1685{
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1687}
1688
1689 int
1690plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1691 win_T *wp;
1692 linenr_T lnum;
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1694{
1695#endif
1696 int lines;
1697
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1699 return 1;
1700
1701#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1703 return 1;
1704#endif
1705
1706#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1710 return 1;
1711#endif
1712
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1715 return (int)wp->w_height;
1716 return lines;
1717}
1718
1719/*
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1722 */
1723 int
1724plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1725 win_T *wp;
1726 linenr_T lnum;
1727{
1728 char_u *s;
1729 long col;
1730 int width;
1731
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1734 return 1;
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1736
1737 /*
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1739 * extra column.
1740 */
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1742 col += 1;
1743
1744 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746 */
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1748 if (width <= 0)
1749 return 32000;
1750 if (col <= width)
1751 return 1;
1752 col -= width;
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1755}
1756
1757/*
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1760 */
1761 int
1762plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1763 win_T *wp;
1764 linenr_T lnum;
1765 long column;
1766{
1767 long col;
1768 char_u *s;
1769 int lines = 0;
1770 int width;
1771
1772#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1774 * is one line anyway. */
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1776#endif
1777
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1779 return lines + 1;
1780
1781#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1783 return lines + 1;
1784#endif
1785
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1787
1788 col = 0;
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1790 {
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001792 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793 }
1794
1795 /*
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1800 * 'ts') -- webb.
1801 */
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1804
1805 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807 */
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001809 if (width <= 0)
1810 return 9999;
1811
1812 lines += 1;
1813 if (col > width)
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1815 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816}
1817
1818 int
1819plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1820 win_T *wp;
1821 linenr_T first, last;
1822{
1823 int count = 0;
1824
1825 while (first <= last)
1826 {
1827#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1828 int x;
1829
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1831 * that are maybe folded. */
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1833 if (x > 0)
1834 {
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1836 first += x;
1837 }
1838 else
1839#endif
1840 {
1841#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1844 else
1845#endif
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1847 ++first;
1848 }
1849 }
1850 return (count);
1851}
1852
1853#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1854/*
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1857 */
1858 void
1859ins_bytes(p)
1860 char_u *p;
1861{
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1863}
1864#endif
1865
1866#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1868/*
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1871 */
1872 void
1873ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1874 char_u *p;
1875 int len;
1876{
1877 int i;
1878# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1879 int n;
1880
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001881 if (has_mbyte)
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1883 {
1884 if (enc_utf8)
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1887 else
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1890 }
1891 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1894 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895}
1896#endif
1897
1898/*
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1903 * convert bytes to a character.
1904 */
1905 void
1906ins_char(c)
1907 int c;
1908{
1909#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1911 int n;
1912
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1914
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1917 if (buf[0] == 0)
1918 buf[0] = '\n';
1919
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1921}
1922
1923 void
1924ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1925 char_u *buf;
1926 int charlen;
1927{
1928 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929#endif
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1932 char_u *p;
1933 char_u *newp;
1934 char_u *oldp;
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1936 colnr_T col;
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1938 int i;
1939
1940#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1944#endif
1945
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1949
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1951 oldlen = 0;
1952#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1953 newlen = charlen;
1954#else
1955 newlen = 1;
1956#endif
1957
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1962 {
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1964 colnr_T vcol;
1965 int old_list;
1966#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1967 char_u buf[2];
1968#endif
1969
1970 /*
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1974 */
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1978
1979 /*
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1984 */
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1986#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1987 buf[0] = c;
1988 buf[1] = NUL;
1989#endif
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1992 {
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1995 * position. */
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1997 break;
1998#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000#else
2001 ++oldlen;
2002#endif
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2006 }
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2008 }
2009 else
2010#endif
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2012 {
2013 /* normal replace */
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016#else
2017 oldlen = 1;
2018#endif
2019 }
2020
2021
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2026 replace_push(NUL);
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2028 {
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002030 if (has_mbyte)
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2032 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 }
2036 }
2037
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2039 if (newp == NULL)
2040 return;
2041
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2043 if (col > 0)
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2045
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2047 p = newp + col;
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2050
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2052#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2054 i = charlen;
2055#else
2056 *p = c;
2057 i = 1;
2058#endif
2059
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2061 while (i < newlen)
2062 p[i++] = ' ';
2063
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2066
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2069
2070 /*
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2073 */
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2075 && msg_silent == 0
2076#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2077 && charlen == 1
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002079#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2080 && !ins_compl_active()
2081#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082 )
2083 showmatch(c);
2084
2085#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2087#endif
2088 {
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2090#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2092#else
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2094#endif
2095 }
2096 /*
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2098 */
2099}
2100
2101/*
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2105 */
2106 void
2107ins_str(s)
2108 char_u *s;
2109{
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2112 int oldlen;
2113 colnr_T col;
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2115
2116#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2119#endif
2120
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2124
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2126 if (newp == NULL)
2127 return;
2128 if (col > 0)
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2135}
2136
2137/*
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2141 *
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2143 */
2144 int
2145del_char(fixpos)
2146 int fixpos;
2147{
2148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2149 if (has_mbyte)
2150 {
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2152 mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2154 return FAIL;
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2156 }
2157#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159}
2160
2161#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2162/*
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2164 */
2165 int
2166del_chars(count, fixpos)
2167 long count;
2168 int fixpos;
2169{
2170 long bytes = 0;
2171 long i;
2172 char_u *p;
2173 int l;
2174
2175 p = ml_get_cursor();
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2177 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 bytes += l;
2180 p += l;
2181 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183}
2184#endif
2185
2186/*
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2190 *
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2192 */
2193 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002196 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198{
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2200 colnr_T oldlen;
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2203 int was_alloced;
2204 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002206
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2209
2210 /*
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2212 */
2213 if (col >= oldlen)
2214 return FAIL;
2215
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2218 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002222 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223 int n;
2224
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227 {
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2229 n = col;
2230 do
2231 {
2232 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234 n += count;
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2236 fixpos = 0;
2237 }
2238 }
2239#endif
2240
2241 /*
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2243 */
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2245 if (movelen <= 1)
2246 {
2247 /*
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2253#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2255#endif
2256 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257 {
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2259#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2261#endif
2262#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2263 if (has_mbyte)
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2266#endif
2267 }
2268 count = oldlen - col;
2269 movelen = 1;
2270 }
2271
2272 /*
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02002277 * care of notifying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002280 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002281 was_alloced = FALSE;
2282 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285 if (was_alloced)
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2287 else
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2290 if (newp == NULL)
2291 return FAIL;
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2293 }
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2295 if (!was_alloced)
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2297
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2300
2301 return OK;
2302}
2303
2304/*
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2307 *
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2309 */
2310 int
2311truncate_line(fixpos)
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2313{
2314 char_u *newp;
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2317
2318 if (col == 0)
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2320 else
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2322
2323 if (newp == NULL)
2324 return FAIL;
2325
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2327
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2330
2331 /*
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2333 */
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2336
2337 return OK;
2338}
2339
2340/*
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2343 */
2344 void
2345del_lines(nlines, undo)
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2348{
2349 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351
2352 if (nlines <= 0)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357 return;
2358
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2360 {
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2362 break;
2363
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002364 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365 ++n;
2366
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 break;
2370 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2375 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002376
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379}
2380
2381 int
2382gchar_pos(pos)
2383 pos_T *pos;
2384{
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2386
2387#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2388 if (has_mbyte)
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2390#endif
2391 return (int)*ptr;
2392}
2393
2394 int
2395gchar_cursor()
2396{
2397#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2398 if (has_mbyte)
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2400#endif
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2406 * It is directly written into the block.
2407 */
2408 void
2409pchar_cursor(c)
2410 int c;
2411{
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2414}
2415
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002416/*
2417 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2418 * non-blank in the line.
2419 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2420 * the line.
2421 */
2422 int
2423inindent(extra)
2424 int extra;
2425{
2426 char_u *ptr;
2427 colnr_T col;
2428
2429 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2430 ++ptr;
2431 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2432 return TRUE;
2433 else
2434 return FALSE;
2435}
2436
2437/*
2438 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2439 */
2440 char_u *
2441skip_to_option_part(p)
2442 char_u *p;
2443{
2444 if (*p == ',')
2445 ++p;
2446 while (*p == ' ')
2447 ++p;
2448 return p;
2449}
2450
2451/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002452 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002453 *
2454 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2455 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002456 *
2457 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458 */
2459 void
2460changed()
2461{
2462#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2463 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2464 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2465 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2466 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2467 return;
2468 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2469#endif
2470
2471 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2472 {
2473 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2474
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002475 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2476 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002478
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002479 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2480 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2481 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2482#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2483 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2484#endif
2485 )
2486 {
2487 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2488
2489 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2490 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2491 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2492 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2493 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2494 {
2495 out_flush();
2496 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2497 wait_return(TRUE);
2498 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2499 }
2500 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002501 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502 }
2503 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504}
2505
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002506/*
2507 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2508 */
2509 void
2510changed_int()
2511{
2512 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2513 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2514#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2515 check_status(curbuf);
2516 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2517#endif
2518#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2519 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2520#endif
2521}
2522
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002523static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2524static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002525static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2526
2527/*
2528 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2529 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2530 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2531 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002532 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002533 */
2534 void
2535changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2536 linenr_T lnum;
2537 colnr_T col;
2538{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002539 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002540 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541
2542#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2543 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2544 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2545 {
2546 win_T *wp;
2547 linenr_T wlnum;
2548
2549 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2550 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2551 {
2552 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2553 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2554 if (wlnum > 0)
2555 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2556 }
2557 }
2558#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559}
2560
2561 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002562changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2563 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564 linenr_T lnum;
2565{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567 {
2568 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002569 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2570 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2571 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2572 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573 }
2574 else
2575 {
2576 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002577 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2578 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2579 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2580 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581 }
2582}
2583
2584/*
2585 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2586 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2587 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2588 */
2589 void
2590appended_lines(lnum, count)
2591 linenr_T lnum;
2592 long count;
2593{
2594 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2595}
2596
2597/*
2598 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2599 */
2600 void
2601appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2602 linenr_T lnum;
2603 long count;
2604{
2605 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2606 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002624 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2625 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002626 */
2627 void
2628deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2629 linenr_T lnum;
2630 long count;
2631{
2632 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2633 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2634}
2635
2636/*
2637 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2638 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2639 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2640 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2641 * - invalidate cached values
2642 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2643 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2644 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2645 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002646 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647 */
2648 void
2649changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2650 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2651 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2652 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2653 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2654{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002655 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2656
2657#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2658 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2659 {
2660 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2661 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2662 * displaying. */
2663 win_T *wp;
2664 linenr_T wlnum;
2665
2666 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2667 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2668 {
2669 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2670 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2671 if (wlnum > 0)
2672 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2673 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2674 }
2675 }
2676#endif
2677
2678 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2679}
2680
2681 static void
2682changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2683 buf_T *buf;
2684 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2685 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2686 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2687{
2688 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689 {
2690 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002691 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2692 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2693 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694 {
2695 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002696 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2697 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2698 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002700 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2701 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2702 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002703 }
2704 else
2705 {
2706 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002707 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2708 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2709 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2710 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712}
2713
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002714/*
2715 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2716 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2717 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2718 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719 static void
2720changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2721 linenr_T lnum;
2722 colnr_T col;
2723 linenr_T lnume;
2724 long xtra;
2725{
2726 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002727#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2728 tabpage_T *tp;
2729#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730 int i;
2731#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2732 int cols;
2733 pos_T *p;
2734 int add;
2735#endif
2736
2737 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2738 changed();
2739
2740 /* set the '. mark */
2741 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2742 {
2743 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2744 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2745
2746#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2747 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2748 * don't have an entry yet. */
2749 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2750 {
2751 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2752 add = TRUE;
2753 else
2754 {
2755 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2756 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2757 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2758 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2759 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2760 add = TRUE;
2761 else
2762 {
2763 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2764 if (cols == 0)
2765 cols = 79;
2766 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2767 }
2768 }
2769 if (add)
2770 {
2771 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2772 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2773 * position in the changelist. */
2774 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2775
2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2777 {
2778 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2779 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2780 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2781 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002782 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783 {
2784 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2785 * this buffer. */
2786 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2787 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2788 }
2789 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002790 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791 {
2792 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2793 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2794 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2795 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2796 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2797 }
2798 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2799 }
2800 }
2801 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2802 curbuf->b_last_change;
2803 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2804 * takes you back to it. */
2805 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2806#endif
2807 }
2808
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002809 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002810 {
2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2812 {
2813 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2814 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2815 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2816
2817 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2818 * values for the cursor. */
2819#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2820 /*
2821 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2822 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2823 */
2824 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2825
2826 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2827 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2828 * might be displayed differently.
2829 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2830 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2831 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2832 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2833 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2834 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2835 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2836 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2837
2838 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2839 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2840 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2841 {
2842 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2843 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2844 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2845 }
2846#endif
2847
2848 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2849 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2850 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2851 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2852 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2853 {
2854 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2855 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2856 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2860 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2861 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2862 * after the change. */
2863 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2864 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2865 {
2866 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2867 {
2868 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2869 {
2870 /* line included in change */
2871 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2872 }
2873 else if (xtra != 0)
2874 {
2875 /* line below change */
2876 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2877#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2878 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2879#endif
2880 }
2881 }
2882#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2883 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2884 {
2885 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2886 * may need to be redrawn */
2887 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2888 }
2889#endif
2890 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002891
2892#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2893 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2894 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2895 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2896 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2897#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2902 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2903 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2904 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002905
2906#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2907 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002908 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2909 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002910 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2911#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912}
2913
2914/*
2915 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2916 */
2917 void
2918unchanged(buf, ff)
2919 buf_T *buf;
2920 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2921{
Bram Moolenaar164c60f2011-01-22 00:11:50 +01002922 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002923 {
2924 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002925 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002926 if (ff)
2927 save_file_ff(buf);
2928#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2929 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002930 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002931#endif
2932#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2933 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2934#endif
2935 }
2936 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2938 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2939#endif
2940}
2941
2942#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2943/*
2944 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2945 * need to be updated
2946 */
2947 void
2948check_status(buf)
2949 buf_T *buf;
2950{
2951 win_T *wp;
2952
2953 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2954 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2955 {
2956 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2957 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2958 must_redraw = VALID;
2959 }
2960}
2961#endif
2962
2963/*
2964 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2965 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2966 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002967 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002969 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002970 */
2971 void
2972change_warning(col)
2973 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2974 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2975{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002976 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2979 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2980#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2981 && !autocmd_busy
2982#endif
2983 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2984 {
2985#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002986 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002988 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2990 return;
2991#endif
2992 /*
2993 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2994 * be after the mode message.
2995 */
2996 msg_start();
2997 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2998 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002999 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003000 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3001#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3002 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3003#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003004 msg_clr_eos();
3005 (void)msg_end();
3006 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3007 {
3008 out_flush();
3009 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3010 }
3011 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3012 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3013 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3014 showmode();
3015 }
3016}
3017
3018/*
3019 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3020 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3021 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3022 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3023 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3024 *
3025 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3026 */
3027 int
3028ask_yesno(str, direct)
3029 char_u *str;
3030 int direct;
3031{
3032 int r = ' ';
3033 int save_State = State;
3034
3035 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3036 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3037 ++no_wait_return;
3038#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3039 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3040#endif
3041 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3042#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3043 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3044#endif
3045 ++no_mapping;
3046 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3047
3048 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3049 {
3050 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3051 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3052 if (direct)
3053 r = get_keystroke();
3054 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003055 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3057 r = 'n';
3058 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3059 out_flush();
3060 }
3061 --no_wait_return;
3062 State = save_State;
3063#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3064 setmouse();
3065#endif
3066 --no_mapping;
3067 --allow_keys;
3068
3069 return r;
3070}
3071
3072/*
3073 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3074 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3075 * button (used at the more prompt).
3076 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3077 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3078 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3079 */
3080 int
3081get_keystroke()
3082{
3083#define CBUFLEN 151
3084 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3085 int len = 0;
3086 int n;
3087 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003088 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003089
3090 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3091 for (;;)
3092 {
3093 cursor_on();
3094 out_flush();
3095
3096 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3097 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3098 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3099 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3100 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3101 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3102 if (n > 0)
3103 {
3104 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3105 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3106 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003107 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003108 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003109 else if (len > 0)
3110 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003112 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3113 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3114 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003116
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003117 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003118 {
Bram Moolenaarfd30cd42011-03-22 13:07:26 +01003119 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0)
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003120 {
3121 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */
3122 update_screen(0);
3123 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */
3124 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003125 continue;
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003126 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003127 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003128 len = n;
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003129 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130 continue;
3131
3132 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3133 n = buf[0];
3134 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3135 {
3136 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3137 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3138 || n == K_IGNORE
3139#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3140 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3141 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3142 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3143 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3144 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3145 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3146 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3147 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3148 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3149 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3150 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3151 || n == K_MOUSEUP
Bram Moolenaar8d9b40e2010-07-25 15:49:07 +02003152 || n == K_MOUSELEFT
3153 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003154 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3155 || n == K_X1DRAG
3156 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3157 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3158 || n == K_X2DRAG
3159 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3160# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3161 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3162 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3163# endif
3164#endif
3165 )
3166 {
3167 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3168 mod_mask = buf[2];
3169 len -= 3;
3170 if (len > 0)
3171 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3172 continue;
3173 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003174 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003175 }
3176#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3177 if (has_mbyte)
3178 {
3179 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3180 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3181 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3182 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3183 }
3184#endif
3185#ifdef UNIX
3186 if (n == intr_char)
3187 n = ESC;
3188#endif
3189 break;
3190 }
3191
3192 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3193 return n;
3194}
3195
3196/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003197 * Get a number from the user.
3198 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003199 */
3200 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003201get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3202 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3203 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003204{
3205 int n = 0;
3206 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003207 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003208
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003209 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3210 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3211
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003212 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3213 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3214 if (msg_silent != 0)
3215 return 0;
3216
3217#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3218 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3219#endif
3220 ++no_mapping;
3221 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3222 for (;;)
3223 {
3224 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3225 c = safe_vgetc();
3226 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3227 {
3228 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3229 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003230 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003231 }
3232 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3233 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003234 if (typed > 0)
3235 {
3236 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3237 --typed;
3238 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003239 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003240 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003241#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3242 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3243 {
3244 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3245 n = mouse_row + 1;
3246 break;
3247 }
3248#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003249 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3250 {
3251 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3252 if (!exmode_active)
3253 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3254 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3255 do_redraw = FALSE;
3256 break;
3257 }
3258 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3259 break;
3260 }
3261 --no_mapping;
3262 --allow_keys;
3263 return n;
3264}
3265
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003266/*
3267 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003268 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3269 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003270 */
3271 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003272prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3273 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003274{
3275 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003276 int save_cmdline_row;
3277 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003278
3279 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003280 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003281 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003282 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003283 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003284
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003285 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3286 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003287 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003288 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003289 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003290 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003291
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003292 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3293 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003294 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003295 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3296 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003297 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3298 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3299 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003300 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003301 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003302 else
3303 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3304 State = save_State;
3305
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003306 return i;
3307}
3308
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309 void
3310msgmore(n)
3311 long n;
3312{
3313 long pn;
3314
3315 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3317 return;
3318
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003319 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3320 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3321 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3322 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3323 return;
3324
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003325 if (n > 0)
3326 pn = n;
3327 else
3328 pn = -n;
3329
3330 if (pn > p_report)
3331 {
3332 if (pn == 1)
3333 {
3334 if (n > 0)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003335 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"),
3336 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003337 else
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003338 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"),
3339 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003340 }
3341 else
3342 {
3343 if (n > 0)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003344 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
3345 _("%ld more lines"), pn);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003346 else
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003347 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
3348 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003349 }
3350 if (got_int)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003351 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003352 if (msg(msg_buf))
3353 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003354 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003355 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003356 }
3357 }
3358}
3359
3360/*
3361 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3362 */
3363 void
3364beep_flush()
3365{
3366 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3367 {
3368 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3369 vim_beep();
3370 }
3371}
3372
3373/*
3374 * give a warning for an error
3375 */
3376 void
3377vim_beep()
3378{
3379 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3380 {
3381 if (p_vb
3382#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3383 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3384 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3385 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3386#endif
3387 )
3388 {
3389 out_str(T_VB);
3390 }
3391 else
3392 {
3393#ifdef MSDOS
3394 /*
3395 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3396 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3397 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3398 */
3399 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3400 {
3401 out_char(BELL);
3402 beep_count = 1;
3403 }
3404 else
3405 ++beep_count;
3406#else
3407 out_char(BELL);
3408#endif
3409 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003410
3411 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3412 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3413 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3414 {
3415 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3416 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3417 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003418 }
3419}
3420
3421/*
3422 * To get the "real" home directory:
3423 * - get value of $HOME
3424 * For Unix:
3425 * - go to that directory
3426 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3427 * This also works with mounts and links.
3428 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3429 */
3430static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3431
3432 void
3433init_homedir()
3434{
3435 char_u *var;
3436
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003437 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3438 vim_free(homedir);
3439 homedir = NULL;
3440
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003441#ifdef VMS
3442 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3443#else
3444 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3445#endif
3446
3447 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3448 var = NULL;
3449
3450#ifdef WIN3264
3451 /*
3452 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3453 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3454 * when $HOME is being set.
3455 */
3456 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3457 {
3458 char_u *p;
3459 char_u *exp;
3460
3461 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3462 if (p != NULL)
3463 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003464 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003465 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3466 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3467 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3468 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003469 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003470 var = NameBuff;
3471 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3472 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3473 }
3474 }
3475 }
3476
3477 /*
3478 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3479 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3480 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3481 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3482 */
3483 if (var == NULL)
3484 {
3485 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3486
3487 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3488 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003489 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3490 homepath = "\\";
3491 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003492 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3493 {
3494 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3495 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3496 {
3497 var = NameBuff;
3498 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3499 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3500 }
3501 }
3502 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003503
3504# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3505 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3506 {
3507 int len;
3508 char_u *pp;
3509
3510 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3511 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003512 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003513 if (pp != NULL)
3514 {
3515 homedir = pp;
3516 return;
3517 }
3518 }
3519# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003520#endif
3521
3522#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3523 /*
3524 * Default home dir is C:/
3525 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3526 */
3527 if (var == NULL)
3528 var = "C:/";
3529#endif
3530 if (var != NULL)
3531 {
3532#ifdef UNIX
3533 /*
3534 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3535 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3536 */
3537 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3538 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3539 {
3540 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3541 var = IObuff;
3542 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3543 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3544 }
3545#endif
3546 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3547 }
3548}
3549
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003550#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3551 void
3552free_homedir()
3553{
3554 vim_free(homedir);
3555}
3556#endif
3557
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003558/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003559 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3560 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3561 * again soon.
3562 */
3563 char_u *
3564expand_env_save(src)
3565 char_u *src;
3566{
3567 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3568}
3569
3570/*
3571 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3572 * expand "~" at the start.
3573 */
3574 char_u *
3575expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3576 char_u *src;
3577 int one;
3578{
3579 char_u *p;
3580
3581 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3582 if (p != NULL)
3583 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3584 return p;
3585}
3586
3587/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003588 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3589 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003590 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003591 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3592 */
3593 void
3594expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3595 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3596 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3597 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3598{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003599 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003600}
3601
3602 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003603expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003604 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003605 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3606 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3607 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003608 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003609 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003610{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003611 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003612 char_u *tail;
3613 int c;
3614 char_u *var;
3615 int copy_char;
3616 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3617 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003618 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003619
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003620 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003621 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003622
3623 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003624 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3625 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3626 {
3627 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003628 if ((*src == '$'
3629#ifdef VMS
3630 && at_start
3631#endif
3632 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003633#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3634 || *src == '%'
3635#endif
3636 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3637 {
3638 mustfree = FALSE;
3639
3640 /*
3641 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3642 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3643 */
3644 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3645 {
3646 tail = src + 1;
3647 var = dst;
3648 c = dstlen - 1;
3649
3650#ifdef UNIX
3651 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3652 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3653 {
3654 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3655 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3656 *var++ = *tail++;
3657 }
3658 else
3659#endif
3660 {
3661 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3662#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3663 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3664#endif
3665 ))
3666 {
3667#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3668 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3669 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3670#else
3671 *var++ = *tail++;
3672#endif
3673 }
3674 }
3675
3676#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3677# ifdef UNIX
3678 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3679# else
3680 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3681# endif
3682 var = NULL;
3683 else
3684 {
3685# ifdef UNIX
3686 if (src[1] == '{')
3687# else
3688 if (*src == '%')
3689#endif
3690 ++tail;
3691#endif
3692 *var = NUL;
3693 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3694#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3695 }
3696#endif
3697 }
3698 /* home directory */
3699 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3700 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3701 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3702 {
3703 var = homedir;
3704 tail = src + 1;
3705 }
3706 else /* user directory */
3707 {
3708#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3709 /*
3710 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3711 */
3712 tail = src;
3713 var = dst;
3714 c = dstlen - 1;
3715 while ( c-- > 0
3716 && *tail
3717 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3718 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3719 *var++ = *tail++;
3720 *var = NUL;
3721# ifdef UNIX
3722 /*
3723 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3724 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3725 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3726 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3727 */
3728# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3729 {
3730 struct passwd *pw;
3731
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003732 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3733 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003734 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3735 if (pw != NULL)
3736 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3737 else
3738 var = NULL;
3739 }
3740 if (var == NULL)
3741# endif
3742 {
3743 expand_T xpc;
3744
3745 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3746 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3747 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3748 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003749 mustfree = TRUE;
3750 }
3751
3752# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3753 /*
3754 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3755 * directories to search for the user account in.
3756 */
3757 {
3758 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3759 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3760 struct stat st;
3761
3762 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3763 next_path = paths;
3764 while (*next_path)
3765 {
3766 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3767 next_path++);
3768 if (*next_path)
3769 *next_path++ = NUL;
3770 STRCPY(test, path);
3771 STRCAT(test, "/");
3772 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3773 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3774 {
3775 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3776 STRCPY(var, test);
3777 mustfree = TRUE;
3778 break;
3779 }
3780 }
3781 }
3782# endif /* UNIX */
3783#else
3784 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3785 var = NULL;
3786 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3787#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3788 }
3789
3790#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3791 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3792 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3793 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3794 {
3795 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3796
3797 if (p != NULL)
3798 {
3799 if (mustfree)
3800 vim_free(var);
3801 var = p;
3802 mustfree = TRUE;
3803 forward_slash(var);
3804 }
3805 }
3806#endif
3807
3808 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3809 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3810 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3811 {
3812 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3813
3814 if (p != NULL)
3815 {
3816 if (mustfree)
3817 vim_free(var);
3818 var = p;
3819 mustfree = TRUE;
3820 }
3821 }
3822
3823 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3824 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3825 {
3826 STRCPY(dst, var);
3827 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003828 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003829 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3830 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003831 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003832#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3833 && dst[-1] != ':'
3834#endif
3835 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3836 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003837 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003838 src = tail;
3839 copy_char = FALSE;
3840 }
3841 if (mustfree)
3842 vim_free(var);
3843 }
3844
3845 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3846 {
3847 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003848 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003849 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3850 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003851 */
3852 at_start = FALSE;
3853 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3854 {
3855 *dst++ = *src++;
3856 --dstlen;
3857 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003858 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003859 at_start = TRUE;
3860 *dst++ = *src++;
3861 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003862
3863 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3864 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3865 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003866 }
3867 }
3868 *dst = NUL;
3869}
3870
3871/*
3872 * Vim's version of getenv().
3873 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003874 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003875 */
3876 char_u *
3877vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3878 char_u *name;
3879 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3880{
3881 char_u *p;
3882 char_u *pend;
3883 int vimruntime;
3884
3885#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3886 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3887 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3888 return homedir;
3889#endif
3890
3891 p = mch_getenv(name);
3892 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3893 p = NULL;
3894
3895 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003896 {
3897#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3898 if (enc_utf8)
3899 {
3900 int len;
3901 char_u *pp;
3902
3903 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3904 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003905 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003906 if (pp != NULL)
3907 {
3908 p = pp;
3909 *mustfree = TRUE;
3910 }
3911 }
3912#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003913 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003914 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003915
3916 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3917 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3918 return NULL;
3919
3920 /*
3921 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3922 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3923 */
3924 if (vimruntime
3925#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3926 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3927#endif
3928 )
3929 {
3930 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3931 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3932 p = NULL;
3933 if (p != NULL)
3934 {
3935 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3936 if (p != NULL)
3937 *mustfree = TRUE;
3938 else
3939 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003940
3941#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3942 if (enc_utf8)
3943 {
3944 int len;
3945 char_u *pp;
3946
3947 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3948 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3949 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003950 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003951 if (pp != NULL)
3952 {
3953 if (mustfree)
3954 vim_free(p);
3955 p = pp;
3956 *mustfree = TRUE;
3957 }
3958 }
3959#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003960 }
3961 }
3962
3963 /*
3964 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3965 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3966 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3967 */
3968 if (p == NULL)
3969 {
3970 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3971 p = p_hf;
3972#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3973 /*
3974 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3975 */
3976 else
3977 p = exe_name;
3978#endif
3979 if (p != NULL)
3980 {
3981 /* remove the file name */
3982 pend = gettail(p);
3983
3984 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3985 if (p == p_hf)
3986 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3987
3988#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3989# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003990 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003991 if (p == exe_name)
3992 {
3993 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003994 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003995
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003996 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3997 if (pend1 != pend)
3998 {
3999 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
4000 if (pnew != NULL)
4001 {
4002 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
4003 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
4004 p = pnew;
4005 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
4006 }
4007 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004008 }
4009# endif
4010 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
4011 if (p == exe_name)
4012 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4013#endif
4014
4015 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4016 if (!vimruntime)
4017 {
4018 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4019 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4020 }
4021
4022 /* remove trailing path separator */
4023#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4024 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004025 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004026 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004027 --pend;
4028#endif
4029
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004030#ifdef MACOS_X
4031 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4032#endif
4033 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4034 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004035
4036 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4037 {
4038 vim_free(p);
4039 p = NULL;
4040 }
4041 else
4042 {
4043#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4044 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4045 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4046 {
4047 vim_free(p);
4048 p = pend;
4049 }
4050#endif
4051 *mustfree = TRUE;
4052 }
4053 }
4054 }
4055
4056#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4057 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4058 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4059 if (p == NULL)
4060 {
4061 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4062 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4063 {
4064 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4065 *mustfree = FALSE;
4066 }
4067 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4068 {
4069 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4070 *mustfree = TRUE;
4071 else
4072 {
4073 p = default_vim_dir;
4074 *mustfree = FALSE;
4075 }
4076 }
4077 }
4078#endif
4079
4080 /*
4081 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4082 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4083 */
4084 if (p != NULL)
4085 {
4086 if (vimruntime)
4087 {
4088 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4089 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4090#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4091 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004092 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004093
4094 if (buf != NULL)
4095 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004096 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4097 vim_free(buf);
4098 }
4099 }
4100#endif
4101 }
4102 else
4103 {
4104 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4105 didset_vim = TRUE;
4106 }
4107 }
4108 return p;
4109}
4110
4111/*
4112 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4113 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4114 */
4115 static char_u *
4116vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4117 char_u *vimdir;
4118{
4119 char_u *p;
4120
4121 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4122 return NULL;
4123 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4124 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4125 return p;
4126 vim_free(p);
4127 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4128 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4129 return p;
4130 vim_free(p);
4131 return NULL;
4132}
4133
4134/*
4135 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4136 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4137 */
4138 static char_u *
4139remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4140 char_u *p;
4141 char_u *pend;
4142 char_u *name;
4143{
4144 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4145 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4146
4147 if (newend >= p
4148 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004149 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004150 return newend;
4151 return pend;
4152}
4153
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004154/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004155 * Our portable version of setenv.
4156 */
4157 void
4158vim_setenv(name, val)
4159 char_u *name;
4160 char_u *val;
4161{
4162#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4163 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4164#else
4165 char_u *envbuf;
4166
4167 /*
4168 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4169 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4170 */
4171 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4172 if (envbuf != NULL)
4173 {
4174 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4175 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4176 }
4177#endif
4178}
4179
4180#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4181/*
4182 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4183 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004184 char_u *
4185get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004186 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004187 int idx;
4188{
4189# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4190 /*
4191 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4192 */
4193 return NULL;
4194# else
4195# ifndef __WIN32__
4196 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4197 extern char **environ;
4198# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004199# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4200 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004201 char_u *str;
4202 int n;
4203
4204 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4205 if (str == NULL)
4206 return NULL;
4207
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004208 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004209 {
4210 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4211 break;
4212 name[n] = str[n];
4213 }
4214 name[n] = NUL;
4215 return name;
4216# endif
4217}
4218#endif
4219
4220/*
4221 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4222 * 'src'.
4223 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4224 */
4225 void
4226home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4227 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4228 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4229 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4230 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4231 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4232 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4233{
4234 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4235 size_t len;
4236 char_u *homedir_env;
4237 char_u *p;
4238
4239 if (src == NULL)
4240 {
4241 *dst = NUL;
4242 return;
4243 }
4244
4245 /*
4246 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4247 */
4248 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4249 {
4250 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4251 return;
4252 }
4253
4254 /*
4255 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4256 * "real" home directory.
4257 */
4258 if (homedir != NULL)
4259 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4260
4261#ifdef VMS
4262 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4263#else
4264 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4265#endif
4266
4267 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4268 homedir_env = NULL;
4269 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4270 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4271
4272 if (!one)
4273 src = skipwhite(src);
4274 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4275 {
4276 /*
4277 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4278 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4279 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4280 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4281 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4282 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4283 * er's home directory)).
4284 */
4285 p = homedir;
4286 len = dirlen;
4287 for (;;)
4288 {
4289 if ( len
4290 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4291 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4292 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4293 || src[len] == NUL))
4294 {
4295 src += len;
4296 if (--dstlen > 0)
4297 *dst++ = '~';
4298
4299 /*
4300 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4301 */
4302 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4303 *dst++ = '/';
4304 break;
4305 }
4306 if (p == homedir_env)
4307 break;
4308 p = homedir_env;
4309 len = envlen;
4310 }
4311
4312 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4313 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4314 *dst++ = *src++;
4315 /* skip separator */
4316 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4317 *dst++ = *src++;
4318 }
4319 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4320
4321 *dst = NUL;
4322}
4323
4324/*
4325 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4326 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4327 */
4328 char_u *
4329home_replace_save(buf, src)
4330 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4331 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4332{
4333 char_u *dst;
4334 unsigned len;
4335
4336 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4337 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4338 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4339 dst = alloc(len);
4340 if (dst != NULL)
4341 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4342 return dst;
4343}
4344
4345/*
4346 * Compare two file names and return:
4347 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4348 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4349 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4350 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4351 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4352 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4353 */
4354 int
4355fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4356 char_u *s1, *s2;
4357 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4358{
4359#ifdef UNIX
4360 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4361 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4362 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4363 struct stat st1, st2;
4364 int r1, r2;
4365
4366 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4367 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4368 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4369 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4370 {
4371 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4372 if (checkname)
4373 {
4374 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4375 return FPC_SAMEX;
4376 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4377 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4378 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4379 return FPC_SAMEX;
4380 }
4381 return FPC_NOTX;
4382 }
4383 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4384 return FPC_DIFFX;
4385 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4386 return FPC_SAME;
4387 return FPC_DIFF;
4388#else
4389 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4390 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4391 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4392 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4393 int r1, r2;
4394
4395 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4396 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4397 {
4398 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4399 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4400
4401 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4402 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4403 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4404
4405 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4406 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4407 {
4408 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4409 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4410 else
4411 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4412 }
4413 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4414 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4415 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4416 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4417 else
4418 retval = FPC_SAME;
4419 vim_free(exp1);
4420 }
4421 return retval;
4422#endif
4423}
4424
4425/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004426 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004427 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it.
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004428 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004429 */
4430 char_u *
4431gettail(fname)
4432 char_u *fname;
4433{
4434 char_u *p1, *p2;
4435
4436 if (fname == NULL)
4437 return (char_u *)"";
4438 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4439 {
4440 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4441 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004442 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004443 }
4444 return p1;
4445}
4446
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004447#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
4448static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname));
4449
4450/*
4451 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path
4452 * separator:
4453 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file"
4454 * ^ ^ ^ ^
4455 */
4456 static char_u *
4457gettail_dir(fname)
4458 char_u *fname;
4459{
4460 char_u *dir_end = fname;
4461 char_u *next_dir_end = fname;
4462 int look_for_sep = TRUE;
4463 char_u *p;
4464
4465 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; )
4466 {
4467 if (vim_ispathsep(*p))
4468 {
4469 if (look_for_sep)
4470 {
4471 next_dir_end = p;
4472 look_for_sep = FALSE;
4473 }
4474 }
4475 else
4476 {
4477 if (!look_for_sep)
4478 dir_end = next_dir_end;
4479 look_for_sep = TRUE;
4480 }
4481 mb_ptr_adv(p);
4482 }
4483 return dir_end;
4484}
4485#endif
4486
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004487/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004488 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4489 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4490 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4491 */
4492 char_u *
4493gettail_sep(fname)
4494 char_u *fname;
4495{
4496 char_u *p;
4497 char_u *t;
4498
4499 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4500 t = gettail(fname);
4501 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4502 --t;
4503#ifdef VMS
4504 /* path separator is part of the path */
4505 ++t;
4506#endif
4507 return t;
4508}
4509
4510/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004511 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4512 */
4513 char_u *
4514getnextcomp(fname)
4515 char_u *fname;
4516{
4517 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004518 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004519 if (*fname)
4520 ++fname;
4521 return fname;
4522}
4523
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004524/*
4525 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4526 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4527 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4528 */
4529 char_u *
4530get_past_head(path)
4531 char_u *path;
4532{
4533 char_u *retval;
4534
4535#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4536 /* may skip "c:" */
4537 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4538 retval = path + 2;
4539 else
4540 retval = path;
4541#else
4542# if defined(AMIGA)
4543 /* may skip "label:" */
4544 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4545 if (retval == NULL)
4546 retval = path;
4547# else /* Unix */
4548 retval = path;
4549# endif
4550#endif
4551
4552 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4553 ++retval;
4554
4555 return retval;
4556}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004557
4558/*
4559 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4560 */
4561 int
4562vim_ispathsep(c)
4563 int c;
4564{
4565#ifdef RISCOS
4566 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4567#else
4568# ifdef UNIX
4569 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4570# else
4571# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4572 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4573# else
4574# ifdef VMS
4575 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4576 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4577 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004578# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004579 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004580# endif /* VMS */
4581# endif
4582# endif
4583#endif /* RISC OS */
4584}
4585
4586#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4587/*
4588 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4589 */
4590 int
4591vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4592 int c;
4593{
4594#ifdef UNIX
4595 return (c == ':');
4596#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004597 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004598#endif
4599}
4600#endif
4601
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004602#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4603 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4604/*
4605 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4606 * It's done in-place.
4607 */
4608 void
4609shorten_dir(str)
4610 char_u *str;
4611{
4612 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4613 int skip = FALSE;
4614
4615 tail = gettail(str);
4616 d = str;
4617 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4618 {
4619 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4620 {
4621 *d++ = *s;
4622 if (*s == NUL)
4623 break;
4624 }
4625 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4626 {
4627 *d++ = *s;
4628 skip = FALSE;
4629 }
4630 else if (!skip)
4631 {
4632 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4633 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4634 skip = TRUE;
4635# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4636 if (has_mbyte)
4637 {
4638 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4639
4640 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004641 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004642 }
4643# endif
4644 }
4645 }
4646}
4647#endif
4648
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004649/*
4650 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4651 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4652 * "fname" must be writable!.
4653 */
4654 int
4655dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4656 char_u *fname;
4657{
4658 char_u *p;
4659 int c;
4660 int retval;
4661
4662 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4663 if (p == fname)
4664 return TRUE;
4665 c = *p;
4666 *p = NUL;
4667 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4668 *p = c;
4669 return retval;
4670}
4671
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004672#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4673 || defined(PROTO)
4674/*
4675 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4676 */
4677 int
4678vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4679 char_u *x, *y;
4680{
4681 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4682}
4683
4684 int
4685vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4686 char_u *x, *y;
4687 size_t len;
4688{
4689 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4690 {
4691 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4692 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4693 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4694 break;
4695 ++x;
4696 ++y;
4697 --len;
4698 }
4699 if (len == 0)
4700 return 0;
4701 return (*x - *y);
4702}
4703#endif
4704
4705/*
4706 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004707 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004708 */
4709 char_u *
4710concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4711 char_u *fname1;
4712 char_u *fname2;
4713 int sep;
4714{
4715 char_u *dest;
4716
4717 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4718 if (dest != NULL)
4719 {
4720 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4721 if (sep)
4722 add_pathsep(dest);
4723 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4724 }
4725 return dest;
4726}
4727
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004728/*
4729 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4730 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4731 */
4732 char_u *
4733concat_str(str1, str2)
4734 char_u *str1;
4735 char_u *str2;
4736{
4737 char_u *dest;
4738 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4739
4740 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4741 if (dest != NULL)
4742 {
4743 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4744 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4745 }
4746 return dest;
4747}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004748
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004749/*
4750 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4751 * separator.
4752 */
4753 void
4754add_pathsep(p)
4755 char_u *p;
4756{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004757 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004758 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4759}
4760
4761/*
4762 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4763 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4764 */
4765 char_u *
4766FullName_save(fname, force)
4767 char_u *fname;
4768 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4769 like a full path name */
4770{
4771 char_u *buf;
4772 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4773
4774 if (fname == NULL)
4775 return NULL;
4776
4777 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4778 if (buf != NULL)
4779 {
4780 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4781 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4782 else
4783 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4784 vim_free(buf);
4785 }
4786 return new_fname;
4787}
4788
4789#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4790
4791static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4792
4793/*
4794 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4795 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4796 */
4797 pos_T *
4798find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4799 int ind_maxcomment;
4800{
4801 pos_T *pos;
4802 char_u *line;
4803 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004804 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004805
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004806 for (;;)
4807 {
4808 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4809 if (pos == NULL)
4810 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004811
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004812 /*
4813 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4814 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4815 */
4816 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004817 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004818 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004819 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004820 break;
4821 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4822 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4823 {
4824 pos = NULL;
4825 break;
4826 }
4827 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004828 return pos;
4829}
4830
4831/*
4832 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4833 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4834 */
4835 static char_u *
4836skip_string(p)
4837 char_u *p;
4838{
4839 int i;
4840
4841 /*
4842 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4843 */
4844 for ( ; ; ++p)
4845 {
4846 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4847 {
4848 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4849 break;
4850 i = 2;
4851 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4852 {
4853 ++i;
4854 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4855 ++i;
4856 }
4857 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4858 {
4859 p += i;
4860 continue;
4861 }
4862 }
4863 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4864 {
4865 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4866 {
4867 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4868 ++p;
4869 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4870 break;
4871 }
4872 if (p[0] == '"')
4873 continue;
4874 }
4875 break; /* no string found */
4876 }
4877 if (!*p)
4878 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4879 return p;
4880}
4881#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4882
4883#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4884
4885/*
4886 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4887 */
4888 void
4889do_c_expr_indent()
4890{
4891# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4892 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4893 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4894 else
4895# endif
4896 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4897}
4898
4899/*
4900 * Functions for C-indenting.
4901 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4902 */
4903/*
4904 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4905 */
4906
4907static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4908static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4909static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4910static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4911static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4912static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4913static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4914static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4915static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4916static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4917static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4918static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4919static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4920static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4921static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4922static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4923static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4924static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4925static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4926static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4927static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004928static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004929static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004930static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004931static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004932static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4933static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4934static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4935static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4936static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4937static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4938static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4939
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004940static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4941
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004942/*
4943 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004944 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004945 */
4946 static char_u *
4947cin_skipcomment(s)
4948 char_u *s;
4949{
4950 while (*s)
4951 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004952 char_u *prev_s = s;
4953
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004954 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004955
4956 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4957 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4958 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4959 {
4960 s += STRLEN(s);
4961 break;
4962 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004963 if (*s != '/')
4964 break;
4965 ++s;
4966 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4967 {
4968 s += STRLEN(s);
4969 break;
4970 }
4971 if (*s != '*')
4972 break;
4973 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4974 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4975 {
4976 s += 2;
4977 break;
4978 }
4979 }
4980 return s;
4981}
4982
4983/*
4984 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4985 * not considered code.
4986 */
4987 static int
4988cin_nocode(s)
4989 char_u *s;
4990{
4991 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4992}
4993
4994/*
4995 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4996 */
4997 static pos_T *
4998find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4999{
5000 static pos_T pos;
5001 char_u *line;
5002 char_u *p;
5003
5004 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
5005 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
5006 {
5007 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
5008 p = skipwhite(line);
5009 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
5010 {
5011 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
5012 return &pos;
5013 }
5014 if (*p != NUL)
5015 break;
5016 }
5017 return NULL;
5018}
5019
5020/*
5021 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
5022 */
5023 static int
5024cin_islabel_skip(s)
5025 char_u **s;
5026{
5027 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
5028 return FALSE;
5029
5030 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
5031 (*s)++;
5032
5033 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
5034
5035 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
5036 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
5037}
5038
5039/*
5040 * Recognize a label: "label:".
5041 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
5042 */
5043 int
5044cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5045 int ind_maxcomment;
5046{
5047 char_u *s;
5048
5049 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5050
5051 /*
5052 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
5053 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5054 */
5055 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5056 return FALSE;
5057 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5058 return FALSE;
5059
5060 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5061 {
5062 /*
5063 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5064 * label.
5065 */
5066 pos_T cursor_save;
5067 pos_T *trypos;
5068 char_u *line;
5069
5070 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5071 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5072 {
5073 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5074
5075 /*
5076 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5077 */
5078 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5079 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5080 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5081
5082 line = ml_get_curline();
5083 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5084 continue;
5085 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5086 continue;
5087
5088 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5089 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5090 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005091 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005092 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5093 return TRUE;
5094 return FALSE;
5095 }
5096 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5097 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5098 }
5099 return FALSE;
5100}
5101
5102/*
5103 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5104 * Q&D-Implementation:
5105 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5106 */
5107 static int
5108cin_isinit(void)
5109{
5110 char_u *s;
5111
5112 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5113
5114 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5115 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5116
5117 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5118 return TRUE;
5119
5120 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5121 return TRUE;
5122
5123 return FALSE;
5124}
5125
5126/*
5127 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5128 */
5129 int
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005130cin_iscase(s, strict)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005131 char_u *s;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005132 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005133{
5134 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5135 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5136 {
5137 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5138 {
5139 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5140 if (*s == ':')
5141 {
5142 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5143 ++s;
5144 else
5145 return TRUE;
5146 }
5147 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005148 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005149 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5150 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5151 else if (*s == '"')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005152 {
5153 /* JS etc. */
5154 if (strict)
5155 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5156 else
5157 return TRUE;
5158 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005159 }
5160 return FALSE;
5161 }
5162
5163 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5164 return TRUE;
5165 return FALSE;
5166}
5167
5168/*
5169 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5170 */
5171 static int
5172cin_isdefault(s)
5173 char_u *s;
5174{
5175 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5176 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5177 && s[1] != ':');
5178}
5179
5180/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02005181 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005182 */
5183 int
5184cin_isscopedecl(s)
5185 char_u *s;
5186{
5187 int i;
5188
5189 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5190 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5191 i = 6;
5192 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5193 i = 9;
5194 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5195 i = 7;
5196 else
5197 return FALSE;
5198 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5199}
5200
5201/*
5202 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5203 * Return NULL if not found.
5204 * case 234: a = b;
5205 * ^
5206 */
5207 static char_u *
5208after_label(l)
5209 char_u *l;
5210{
5211 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5212 {
5213 if (*l == ':')
5214 {
5215 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5216 ++l;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005217 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005218 break;
5219 }
5220 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5221 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5222 }
5223 if (*l == NUL)
5224 return NULL;
5225 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5226 if (*l == NUL)
5227 return NULL;
5228 return l;
5229}
5230
5231/*
5232 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5233 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5234 */
5235 static int
5236get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5237 linenr_T lnum;
5238{
5239 char_u *l;
5240 pos_T fp;
5241 colnr_T col;
5242 char_u *p;
5243
5244 l = ml_get(lnum);
5245 p = after_label(l);
5246 if (p == NULL)
5247 return 0;
5248
5249 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5250 fp.lnum = lnum;
5251 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5252 return (int)col;
5253}
5254
5255/*
5256 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005257 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005258 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5259 * ^
5260 */
5261 static int
5262skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5263 linenr_T lnum;
5264 char_u **pp;
5265 int ind_maxcomment;
5266{
5267 char_u *l;
5268 int amount;
5269 pos_T cursor_save;
5270
5271 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5272 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5273 l = ml_get_curline();
5274 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005275 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)
5276 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005277 {
5278 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5279 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5280 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5281 l = ml_get_curline();
5282 }
5283 else
5284 {
5285 amount = get_indent();
5286 l = ml_get_curline();
5287 }
5288 *pp = l;
5289
5290 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5291 return amount;
5292}
5293
5294/*
5295 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5296 * int a, indent of "a"
5297 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5298 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5299 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5300 */
5301 static int
5302cin_first_id_amount()
5303{
5304 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5305 int len;
5306 pos_T fp;
5307 colnr_T col;
5308
5309 line = ml_get_curline();
5310 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005311 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005312 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5313 {
5314 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005315 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005316 }
5317 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5318 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5319 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5320 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5321 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5322 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5323 {
5324 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5325 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5326 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5327 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5328 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5329 p = s;
5330 }
5331 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5332 ;
5333 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5334 return 0;
5335
5336 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5337 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5338 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5339 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5340 return (int)col;
5341}
5342
5343/*
5344 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5345 * char *foo = "here";
5346 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5347 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5348 * foo = "asdf\
5349 * asdf\
5350 * here";
5351 */
5352 static int
5353cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5354 linenr_T lnum;
5355{
5356 char_u *line;
5357 char_u *s;
5358 colnr_T col;
5359 pos_T fp;
5360
5361 if (lnum > 1)
5362 {
5363 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5364 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5365 return -1;
5366 }
5367
5368 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5369 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5370 {
5371 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5372 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5373 else
5374 ++s;
5375 }
5376 if (*s != '=')
5377 return 0;
5378
5379 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5380 if (cin_nocode(s))
5381 return 0;
5382
5383 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5384 ++s;
5385
5386 fp.lnum = lnum;
5387 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5388 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5389 return (int)col;
5390}
5391
5392/*
5393 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5394 */
5395 static int
5396cin_ispreproc(s)
5397 char_u *s;
5398{
5399 s = skipwhite(s);
5400 if (*s == '#')
5401 return TRUE;
5402 return FALSE;
5403}
5404
5405/*
5406 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5407 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5408 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5409 */
5410 static int
5411cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5412 char_u **pp;
5413 linenr_T *lnump;
5414{
5415 char_u *line = *pp;
5416 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5417 int retval = FALSE;
5418
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005419 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005420 {
5421 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5422 {
5423 retval = TRUE;
5424 *lnump = lnum;
5425 break;
5426 }
5427 if (lnum == 1)
5428 break;
5429 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5430 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5431 break;
5432 }
5433
5434 if (lnum != *lnump)
5435 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5436 return retval;
5437}
5438
5439/*
5440 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5441 */
5442 static int
5443cin_iscomment(p)
5444 char_u *p;
5445{
5446 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5447}
5448
5449/*
5450 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5451 */
5452 static int
5453cin_islinecomment(p)
5454 char_u *p;
5455{
5456 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5457}
5458
5459/*
5460 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5461 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5462 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5463 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5464 */
5465 static int
5466cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5467 char_u *s;
5468 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5469 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5470{
5471 char_u found_start = 0;
5472
5473 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5474
5475 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5476 found_start = *s;
5477
5478 while (*s)
5479 {
5480 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5481 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5482 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5483 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5484 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5485 return *s;
5486
5487 if (*s)
5488 s++;
5489 }
5490 return found_start;
5491}
5492
5493/*
5494 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5495 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5496 * no semicolons anywhere.
5497 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5498 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5499 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5500 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5501 */
5502 static int
5503cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5504 char_u **sp;
5505 linenr_T first_lnum;
5506{
5507 char_u *s;
5508 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5509 int retval = FALSE;
5510
5511 if (sp == NULL)
5512 s = ml_get(lnum);
5513 else
5514 s = *sp;
5515
5516 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5517 {
5518 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5519 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5520 else
5521 ++s;
5522 }
5523 if (*s != '(')
5524 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5525
5526 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5527 {
5528 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5529 {
5530 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5531 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5532 * #if defined(x) && \
5533 * defined(y)
5534 */
5535 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5536 s = ml_get(lnum);
5537 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5538 retval = TRUE;
5539 goto done;
5540 }
5541 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5542 {
5543 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5544 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5545 break;
5546
5547 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5548 }
5549 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5550 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5551 else
5552 ++s;
5553 }
5554
5555done:
5556 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5557 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5558
5559 return retval;
5560}
5561
5562 static int
5563cin_isif(p)
5564 char_u *p;
5565{
5566 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5567}
5568
5569 static int
5570cin_iselse(p)
5571 char_u *p;
5572{
5573 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5574 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5575 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5576}
5577
5578 static int
5579cin_isdo(p)
5580 char_u *p;
5581{
5582 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5583}
5584
5585/*
5586 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5587 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5588 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5589 */
5590 static int
5591cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5592 char_u *p;
5593 linenr_T lnum;
5594 int ind_maxparen;
5595{
5596 pos_T cursor_save;
5597 pos_T *trypos;
5598 int retval = FALSE;
5599
5600 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5601 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5602 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5603 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5604 {
5605 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5606 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5607 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5608 p = ml_get_curline();
5609 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5610 {
5611 ++p;
5612 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5613 }
5614 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5615 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5616 retval = TRUE;
5617 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5618 }
5619 return retval;
5620}
5621
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005622/*
5623 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5624 * do
5625 * nothing;
5626 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005627 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005628 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5629 */
5630 static int
5631cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5632 int terminated;
5633 int ind_maxparen;
5634 int ind_maxcomment;
5635{
5636 char_u *line;
5637 char_u *p;
5638 char_u *s;
5639 pos_T *trypos;
5640 int i;
5641
5642 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5643 return FALSE;
5644
5645 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5646 while (*p != NUL)
5647 {
5648 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5649 if (*p == ')')
5650 {
5651 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5652 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5653 {
5654 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5655 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005656 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005657 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5658 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5659 if (trypos != NULL)
5660 {
5661 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5662 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5663 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5664 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5665 {
5666 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5667 return TRUE;
5668 }
5669 }
5670
5671 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5672 line = ml_get_curline();
5673 p = line + i;
5674 }
5675 }
5676 if (*p != NUL)
5677 ++p;
5678 }
5679 return FALSE;
5680}
5681
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005682 static int
5683cin_isbreak(p)
5684 char_u *p;
5685{
5686 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5687}
5688
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005689/*
5690 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005691 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5692 *
5693 * class MyClass :
5694 * baseClass <-- here
5695 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5696 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5697 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5698 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005699 *
5700 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005701 */
5702 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005703cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005704 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005705{
5706 char_u *s;
5707 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005708 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005709 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005710
5711 *col = 0;
5712
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005713 s = skipwhite(line);
5714 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5715 return FALSE;
5716 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005717 if (*s == NUL)
5718 return FALSE;
5719
5720 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5721
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005722 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5723 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5724 * a = cond ?
5725 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005726 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005727 * func::foo()
5728 * : something
5729 * {}
5730 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5731 * : something(4),
5732 * somethingelse(3)
5733 * {}
5734 */
5735 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005736 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005737 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5738 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005739 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5740 break;
5741 while (*s != NUL)
5742 {
5743 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5744 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5745 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5746 break;
5747 if (*s != NUL)
5748 ++s;
5749 }
5750 if (*s != NUL)
5751 break;
5752 --lnum;
5753 }
5754
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005755 line = ml_get(lnum);
5756 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005757 for (;;)
5758 {
5759 if (*s == NUL)
5760 {
5761 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5762 break;
5763 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005764 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5765 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5766 if (*s == NUL)
5767 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005768 }
5769
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005770 if (s[0] == ':')
5771 {
5772 if (s[1] == ':')
5773 {
5774 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5775 * initialization any more */
5776 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5777 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5778 }
5779 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5780 {
5781 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005782 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005783 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5784 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5785 *col = 0;
5786 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5787 }
5788 else
5789 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5790 }
5791 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5792 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5793 {
5794 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5795 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5796
5797 if (*s == 'c')
5798 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5799 else
5800 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5801 }
5802 else
5803 {
5804 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5805 {
5806 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5807 }
5808 else if (s[0] == ')')
5809 {
5810 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5811 * something like "):" */
5812 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5813 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5814 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005815 else if (s[0] == '?')
5816 {
5817 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5818 return FALSE;
5819 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005820 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5821 {
5822 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5823 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5824 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5825 }
5826 else if (*col == 0)
5827 {
5828 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5829 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5830
5831 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005832 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005833 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5834 }
5835
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005836 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5837 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5838 *col = 0;
5839
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005840 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5841 }
5842 }
5843
5844 return cpp_base_class;
5845}
5846
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005847 static int
5848get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5849 int col;
5850 int ind_maxparen;
5851 int ind_maxcomment;
5852 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5853{
5854 int amount;
5855 colnr_T vcol;
5856 pos_T *trypos;
5857
5858 if (col == 0)
5859 {
5860 amount = get_indent();
5861 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5862 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5863 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5864 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5865 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5866 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5867 }
5868 else
5869 {
5870 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5871 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5872 amount = (int)vcol;
5873 }
5874 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5875 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5876 return amount;
5877}
5878
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005879/*
5880 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5881 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5882 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5883 */
5884 static int
5885cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5886 char_u *s;
5887 char_u *find;
5888 char_u *ignore;
5889{
5890 char_u *p = s;
5891 char_u *r;
5892 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5893
5894 while (*p != NUL)
5895 {
5896 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5897 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5898 {
5899 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5900 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5901 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5902 if (cin_nocode(r))
5903 return TRUE;
5904 }
5905 if (*p != NUL)
5906 ++p;
5907 }
5908 return FALSE;
5909}
5910
5911/*
5912 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5913 * Return the column found.
5914 */
5915 static int
5916cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5917 pos_T *trypos;
5918{
5919 char_u *line;
5920 char_u *p;
5921
5922 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5923 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5924 {
5925 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5926 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5927 else
5928 {
5929 p = skip_string(p);
5930 ++p;
5931 }
5932 }
5933 return (int)(p - line);
5934}
5935
5936/*
5937 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5938 * Return NULL if no match found.
5939 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5940 * work. */
5941/* foo() */
5942/* { */
5943/* } */
5944
5945 static pos_T *
5946find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5947 int ind_maxcomment;
5948{
5949 pos_T cursor_save;
5950 pos_T *trypos;
5951 pos_T *pos;
5952 static pos_T pos_copy;
5953
5954 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5955 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5956 {
5957 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5958 trypos = &pos_copy;
5959 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5960 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005961 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005962 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5963 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5964 break;
5965 if (pos != NULL)
5966 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5967 }
5968 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5969 return trypos;
5970}
5971
5972/*
5973 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5974 * Return NULL of no match found.
5975 */
5976 static pos_T *
5977find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5978 int ind_maxparen;
5979 int ind_maxcomment;
5980{
5981 pos_T cursor_save;
5982 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005983 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005984
5985 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5986 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5987 {
5988 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5989 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5990 trypos = NULL;
5991 else
5992 {
5993 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5994 trypos = &pos_copy;
5995 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5996 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5997 trypos = NULL;
5998 }
5999 }
6000 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
6001 return trypos;
6002}
6003
6004/*
6005 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
6006 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
6007 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
6008 * looking a few lines further.
6009 */
6010 static int
6011corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
6012 int ind_maxparen;
6013 pos_T *startpos;
6014{
6015 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6016
6017 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
6018 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
6019 return ind_maxparen;
6020}
6021
6022/*
6023 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
6024 * line "l".
6025 */
6026 static int
6027find_last_paren(l, start, end)
6028 char_u *l;
6029 int start, end;
6030{
6031 int i;
6032 int retval = FALSE;
6033 int open_count = 0;
6034
6035 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
6036
6037 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
6038 {
6039 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
6040 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
6041 if (l[i] == start)
6042 ++open_count;
6043 else if (l[i] == end)
6044 {
6045 if (open_count > 0)
6046 --open_count;
6047 else
6048 {
6049 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
6050 retval = TRUE;
6051 }
6052 }
6053 }
6054 return retval;
6055}
6056
6057 int
6058get_c_indent()
6059{
6060 /*
6061 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6062 * block should be
6063 */
6064 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6065
6066 /*
6067 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6068 * line is imagined to be.
6069 */
6070 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6071
6072 /*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02006073 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006074 * an opening brace.
6075 */
6076 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6077
6078 /*
6079 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6080 */
6081 int ind_first_open = 0;
6082
6083 /*
6084 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6085 * located
6086 */
6087 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6088
6089 /*
6090 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6091 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6092 * brace should be located
6093 */
6094 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6095
6096 /*
6097 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6098 * column is imagined to be
6099 */
6100 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6101
6102 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006103 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
6104 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1.
6105 */
6106 int ind_jump_label = -1;
6107
6108 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006109 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6110 */
6111 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6112
6113 /*
6114 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6115 */
6116 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6117
6118 /*
6119 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6120 */
6121 int ind_case_break = 0;
6122
6123 /*
6124 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6125 * should be located
6126 */
6127 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6128
6129 /*
6130 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6131 */
6132 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6133
6134 /*
6135 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6136 */
6137 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6138
6139 /*
6140 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6141 */
6142 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6143
6144 /*
6145 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6146 * should be indented
6147 */
6148 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6149
6150 /*
6151 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6152 * should be located
6153 */
6154 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6155
6156 /*
6157 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6158 */
6159 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6160
6161 /*
6162 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6163 * itself is also unclosed
6164 */
6165 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6166
6167 /*
6168 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6169 * unclosed parentheses.
6170 */
6171 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6172
6173 /*
6174 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6175 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6176 * context (for very long lines).
6177 */
6178 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6179
6180 /*
6181 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6182 * an unclosed parentheses.
6183 */
6184 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6185
6186 /*
6187 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6188 * opening parentheses.
6189 */
6190 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6191
6192 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006193 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6194 */
6195 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6196
6197 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006198 * Extra indent for comments.
6199 */
6200 int ind_comment = 0;
6201
6202 /*
6203 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6204 */
6205 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6206
6207 /*
6208 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6209 * after the comment opener.
6210 */
6211 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6212
6213 /*
6214 * max lines to search for an open paren
6215 */
6216 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6217
6218 /*
6219 * max lines to search for an open comment
6220 */
6221 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6222
6223 /*
6224 * handle braces for java code
6225 */
6226 int ind_java = 0;
6227
6228 /*
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006229 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels
6230 */
6231 int ind_js = 0;
6232
6233 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006234 * handle blocked cases correctly
6235 */
6236 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6237
6238 pos_T cur_curpos;
6239 int amount;
6240 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006241 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006242 colnr_T col;
6243 char_u *theline;
6244 char_u *linecopy;
6245 pos_T *trypos;
6246 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6247 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6248 char_u *start;
6249 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006250#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006251#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6252#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6253 linenr_T ourscope;
6254 char_u *l;
6255 char_u *look;
6256 char_u terminated;
6257 int lookfor;
6258#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6259#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6260#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6261#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6262#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6263#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6264#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6265#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6266#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6267#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6268#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6269
6270 int whilelevel;
6271 linenr_T lnum;
6272 char_u *options;
6273 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6274 int divider;
6275 int n;
6276 int iscase;
6277 int lookfor_break;
6278 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006279 int original_line_islabel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006280
6281 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6282 {
6283 l = options++;
6284 if (*options == '-')
6285 ++options;
6286 n = getdigits(&options);
6287 divider = 0;
6288 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6289 {
6290 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6291 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6292 {
6293 ++options;
6294 if (divider)
6295 divider *= 10;
6296 else
6297 divider = 10;
6298 }
6299 }
6300 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6301 {
6302 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6303 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6304 else
6305 {
6306 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6307 if (divider)
6308 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6309 }
6310 ++options;
6311 }
6312 if (l[1] == '-')
6313 n = -n;
6314 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006315 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006316 switch (*l)
6317 {
6318 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6319 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6320 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6321 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6322 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6323 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6324 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006325 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006326 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6327 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6328 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6329 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6330 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6331 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6332 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6333 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6334 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6335 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6336 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6337 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6338 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6339 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6340 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6341 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006342 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006343 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6344 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6345 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6346 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6347 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006348 case 'J': ind_js = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006349 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006350 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006351 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006352 if (*options == ',')
6353 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006354 }
6355
6356 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6357 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6358
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006359 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */
6360 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
6361 return 0;
6362
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006363 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6364 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6365 * ml_get is valid! */
6366 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6367 if (linecopy == NULL)
6368 return 0;
6369
6370 /*
6371 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6372 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6373 * inserting new stuff.
6374 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6375 * check for that.
6376 */
6377 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006378 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006379 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6380 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6381
6382 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6383
6384 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6385
6386 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6387
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006388 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
6389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006390 /*
6391 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6392 */
6393 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6394 {
6395 amount = 0;
6396 }
6397
6398 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006399 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
6400 * - JS flag is set.
6401 * - 'L' item has a positive value.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006402 */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006403 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006404 {
6405 amount = 0;
6406 }
6407
6408 /*
6409 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6410 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6411 */
6412 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6413 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6414 {
6415 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6416 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6417 amount = col;
6418 }
6419
6420 /*
6421 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6422 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6423 */
6424 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6425 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6426 {
6427 int lead_start_len = 2;
6428 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6429 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6430 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6431 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6432 char_u *p;
6433 int start_align = 0;
6434 int start_off = 0;
6435 int done = FALSE;
6436
6437 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6438 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6439 amount = col;
Bram Moolenaar4aa97422011-04-11 14:27:38 +02006440 *lead_start = NUL;
6441 *lead_middle = NUL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006442
6443 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6444 while (*p != NUL)
6445 {
6446 int align = 0;
6447 int off = 0;
6448 int what = 0;
6449
6450 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6451 {
6452 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6453 what = *p++;
6454 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6455 align = *p++;
6456 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6457 off = getdigits(&p);
6458 else
6459 ++p;
6460 }
6461
6462 if (*p == ':')
6463 ++p;
6464 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6465 if (what == COM_START)
6466 {
6467 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6468 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6469 start_off = off;
6470 start_align = align;
6471 }
6472 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6473 {
6474 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6475 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6476 }
6477 else if (what == COM_END)
6478 {
6479 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6480 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6481 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6482 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6483 {
6484 done = TRUE;
6485 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6486 {
6487 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006488 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006489 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6490 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6491 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6492 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6493 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6494 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6495 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6496 {
6497 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6498 break;
6499 }
6500 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6501 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6502 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6503 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6504 continue;
6505 }
6506 if (start_off != 0)
6507 amount += start_off;
6508 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006509 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6510 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006511 break;
6512 }
6513
6514 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6515 * with the middle comment */
6516 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6517 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6518 {
6519 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6520 /* XXX */
6521 if (off != 0)
6522 amount += off;
6523 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006524 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6525 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006526 done = TRUE;
6527 break;
6528 }
6529 }
6530 }
6531
6532 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6533 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6534 * with the first character of the comment text.
6535 */
6536 if (done)
6537 ;
6538 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6539 amount += 1;
6540 else
6541 {
6542 /*
6543 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6544 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6545 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6546 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6547 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6548 */
6549 amount = -1;
6550 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6551 {
6552 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6553 continue;
6554 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6555 break;
6556 }
6557 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6558 {
6559 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6560 {
6561 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6562 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6563 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6564 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6565 }
6566 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6567 amount = col;
6568 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6569 amount += ind_in_comment;
6570 }
6571 }
6572 }
6573
6574 /*
6575 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6576 */ /* XXX */
6577 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6578 && ind_java == 0)
6579 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6580 || trypos != NULL)
6581 {
6582 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6583 {
6584 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6585 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6586 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6587 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6588 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6589 trypos = NULL;
6590 else
6591 tryposBrace = NULL;
6592 }
6593
6594 if (trypos != NULL)
6595 {
6596 /*
6597 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6598 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6599 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006600 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006601 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006602 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6603 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6604 }
6605 else
6606 {
6607 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006608 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6609 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006610 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006611 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6612 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6613 continue;
6614 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6615 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6616 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006617
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006618 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6619 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6620 {
6621 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6622 continue;
6623 }
6624
6625 /* XXX */
6626 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6627 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006628 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006629 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6630 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6631 {
6632 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006633
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006634 if (theline[0] == ')')
6635 {
6636 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6637 && cur_amount > amount)
6638 cur_amount = amount;
6639 amount = -1;
6640 }
6641 break;
6642 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006643 }
6644 }
6645
6646 /*
6647 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6648 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6649 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6650 */
6651 if (amount == -1)
6652 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006653 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6654
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006655 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006656 look = skipwhite(look);
6657 if (*look == '(')
6658 {
6659 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6660 char_u *line;
6661 int look_col;
6662
6663 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6664 * our matching '('. */
6665 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6666 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006667 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006668 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6669 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6670 != NULL
6671 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6672 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6673 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6674
6675 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6676 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6677 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006678 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006679 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6680 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006681 {
6682 /*
6683 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6684 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6685 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6686 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6687 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6688 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6689 * lines).
6690 */
6691 if (theline[0] != ')')
6692 {
6693 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6694 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6695 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6696 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6697 {
6698 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6699 * for each additional level */
6700 n = 1;
6701 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6702 {
6703 switch (l[col])
6704 {
6705 case '(':
6706 case '{': ++n;
6707 break;
6708
6709 case ')':
6710 case '}': if (n > 1)
6711 --n;
6712 break;
6713 }
6714 }
6715
6716 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6717 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6718 }
6719 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6720 our_paren_pos.col++;
6721 else
6722 {
6723 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6724 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6725 col++;
6726 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6727 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6728 else
6729 our_paren_pos.col++;
6730 }
6731 }
6732
6733 /*
6734 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6735 * if we did the above "if".
6736 */
6737 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6738 {
6739 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6740 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6741 cur_amount = col;
6742 }
6743 }
6744
6745 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6746 {
6747 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6748 }
6749 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006750 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006751 {
6752 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6753 amount = cur_amount;
6754 }
6755 else
6756 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006757 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6758 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006759 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006760 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006761 {
6762 --our_paren_pos.col;
6763 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6764 {
6765 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6766 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6767 break;
6768 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6769 col = MAXCOL;
6770 break;
6771 }
6772 }
6773
6774 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6775 * braces */
6776 if (col == MAXCOL)
6777 amount += ind_unclosed;
6778 else
6779 {
6780 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6781 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
Bram Moolenaar367bec82011-04-11 14:26:19 +02006782 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006783 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6784 else
6785 amount += ind_unclosed;
6786 }
6787 /*
6788 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6789 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6790 * lines:
6791 * func_long_name( if (x
6792 * arg && yy
6793 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6794 */
6795 if (cur_amount < amount)
6796 amount = cur_amount;
6797 }
6798 }
6799
6800 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6801 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6802 amount += ind_comment;
6803 }
6804
6805 /*
6806 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6807 */
6808 else
6809 {
6810 trypos = tryposBrace;
6811
6812 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6813 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6814
6815 /*
6816 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6817 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6818 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6819 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6820 */
6821 look = skipwhite(start);
6822 if (*look == '{')
6823 {
6824 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6825 amount = col;
6826 if (*start == '{')
6827 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6828 else
6829 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6830 }
6831 else
6832 {
6833 /*
6834 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6835 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6836 */
6837 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6838
6839 /*
6840 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6841 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6842 */
6843 lnum = ourscope;
6844 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6845 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6846 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6847 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6848
6849 /*
6850 * It could have been something like
6851 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6852 * ldfd) {
6853 * }
6854 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006855 if ((ind_keep_case_label
6856 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006857 amount = get_indent();
6858 else
6859 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6860
6861 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6862 }
6863
6864 /*
6865 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6866 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6867 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6868 */
6869 if (theline[0] == '}')
6870 {
6871 /*
6872 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6873 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6874 */
6875 amount += ind_close_extra;
6876 }
6877 else
6878 {
6879 /*
6880 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6881 * to match it with.
6882 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6883 * to match it with.
6884 */
6885 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6886 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6887 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6888 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6889 /* XXX */
6890 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6891 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6892 {
6893 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6894 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6895 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6896 {
6897 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6898 goto theend;
6899 }
6900 }
6901
6902 /*
6903 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6904 * failed to find a matching "if").
6905 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6906 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6907 */
6908
6909 /*
6910 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6911 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6912 * location for ind_open_extra.
6913 */
6914
6915 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6916 {
6917 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6918 }
6919 else
6920 {
6921 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6922 amount += ind_open_imag;
6923 else
6924 {
6925 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6926 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6927 if (amount < 0)
6928 amount = 0;
6929 }
6930 }
6931
6932 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6933
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006934 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006935 {
6936 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6937 amount += ind_case;
6938 }
6939 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6940 {
6941 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6942 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6943 }
6944 else
6945 {
6946 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6947 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6948
6949 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6950 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6951 }
6952 scope_amount = amount;
6953 whilelevel = 0;
6954
6955 /*
6956 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6957 * with that.
6958 *
6959 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6960 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6961 * that opens the block.
6962 */
6963 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6964 for (;;)
6965 {
6966 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6967 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6968
6969 /*
6970 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6971 * up with it.
6972 */
6973 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6974 {
6975 /* we reached end of scope:
6976 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6977 * go further back:
6978 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6979 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6980 * declaration:
6981 * int x,
6982 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6983 */
6984 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6985 {
6986 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6987 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6988 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6989 {
6990 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6991 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6992 * initialization) */
6993 if (cont_amount > 0)
6994 amount = cont_amount;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006995 else if (!ind_js)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006996 amount += ind_continuation;
6997 break;
6998 }
6999
7000 l = ml_get_curline();
7001
7002 /*
7003 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
7004 * comment.
7005 */
7006 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
7007 if (trypos != NULL)
7008 {
7009 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007010 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007011 continue;
7012 }
7013
7014 /*
7015 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7016 */
7017 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7018 continue;
7019
7020 if (cin_nocode(l))
7021 continue;
7022
7023 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7024
7025 /*
7026 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
7027 * function declaration, we are done
7028 * (it's a variable declaration).
7029 */
7030 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
7031 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7032 {
7033 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
7034 * it is a continued variable initialization.
7035 * don't add extra indent.
7036 * TODO: does not work, if a function
7037 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
7038 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
7039 */
7040 if (terminated == ',')
7041 break;
7042
7043 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
7044 * we are done.
7045 */
7046 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
7047 break;
7048
7049 /* nothing useful found */
7050 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
7051 continue;
7052 }
7053
7054 if (terminated != ';')
7055 {
7056 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
7057 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
7058 * will take us back to the start of the line.
7059 */ /* XXX */
7060 trypos = NULL;
7061 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
7062 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7063 ind_maxcomment);
7064
7065 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
7066 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7067
7068 if (trypos != NULL)
7069 {
7070 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007071 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007072 continue;
7073 }
7074 }
7075
7076 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7077 * like in
7078 * int a,
7079 * b;
7080 */
7081 if (cont_amount > 0)
7082 amount = cont_amount;
7083 else
7084 amount += ind_continuation;
7085 }
7086 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7087 {
7088 if (cont_amount > 0)
7089 amount = cont_amount;
7090 else
7091 amount += ind_continuation;
7092 }
7093 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7094 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7095 {
7096 amount = scope_amount;
7097 if (theline[0] == '{')
7098 amount += ind_open_extra;
7099 }
7100 break;
7101 }
7102
7103 /*
7104 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7105 */ /* XXX */
7106 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7107 {
7108 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007109 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007110 continue;
7111 }
7112
7113 l = ml_get_curline();
7114
7115 /*
7116 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007117 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007118 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007119 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007120 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7121 {
7122 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7123 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7124 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7125 break;
7126
7127 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7128 * labels. */
7129 if (whilelevel > 0)
7130 continue;
7131
7132 /*
7133 * case xx:
7134 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7135 *-> here;
7136 */
7137 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7138 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7139 {
7140 if (cont_amount > 0)
7141 amount = cont_amount;
7142 else
7143 amount += ind_continuation;
7144 break;
7145 }
7146
7147 /*
7148 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7149 * x = 333;
7150 * case yy:
7151 */
7152 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7153 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7154 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7155 {
7156 /*
7157 * Check that this case label is not for another
7158 * switch()
7159 */ /* XXX */
7160 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7161 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7162 {
7163 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7164 break;
7165 }
7166 continue;
7167 }
7168
7169 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7170
7171 /*
7172 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7173 * y = y + 1;
7174 * -> s = 99;
7175 *
7176 * case xx:
7177 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7178 * y = y + 1;
7179 * -> s = 99;
7180 */
7181 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7182 {
7183 if (n)
7184 amount = n;
7185
7186 if (!lookfor_break)
7187 break;
7188 }
7189
7190 /*
7191 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7192 * -> y = y + 1;
7193 *
7194 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7195 * -> y = y + 1;
7196 */
7197 if (n)
7198 {
7199 amount = n;
7200 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7201 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007202 {
7203 if (theline[0] == '{')
7204 amount += ind_open_extra;
7205 else
7206 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7207 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007208 break;
7209 }
7210
7211 /*
7212 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7213 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7214 * switch label.
7215 * break; <- may line up with this line
7216 * case xx:
7217 * -> y = 1;
7218 */
7219 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7220 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7221 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7222 continue;
7223 }
7224
7225 /*
7226 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7227 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7228 */
7229 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7230 {
7231 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7232 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007233 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007234 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007235 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7236 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007237 continue;
7238 }
7239
7240 /*
7241 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7242 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007243 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007244 {
7245 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7246 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7247 continue;
7248 }
7249
7250 /*
7251 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7252 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7253 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7254 * unlocked it)
7255 */
7256 l = ml_get_curline();
7257 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7258 || cin_nocode(l))
7259 continue;
7260
7261 /*
7262 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7263 * constructor initialization?
7264 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007265 n = FALSE;
7266 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7267 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007268 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007269 l = ml_get_curline();
7270 }
7271 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007272 {
7273 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7274 {
7275 if (cont_amount > 0)
7276 amount = cont_amount;
7277 else
7278 amount += ind_continuation;
7279 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007280 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007281 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007282 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7283 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7284 ind_continuation = 0;
7285 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007286 }
7287 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007288 /* XXX */
7289 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7290 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007291 break;
7292 }
7293 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7294 {
7295 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007296 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7297 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007298 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7299 break;
7300 else
7301 continue;
7302 }
7303
7304 /*
7305 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7306 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007307 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007308 * 123,
7309 * sizeof
7310 * here
7311 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7312 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7313 * (indented).
7314 */
7315 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7316
7317 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7318 && terminated == ','))
7319 {
7320 /*
7321 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7322 * go back to the line that starts it so
7323 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7324 * if ( foo &&
7325 * bar )
7326 */
7327 /*
7328 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7329 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7330 */
7331 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7332 trypos = find_match_paren(
7333 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7334 ind_maxcomment);
7335
7336 /*
7337 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7338 * braces.
7339 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007340 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7341 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007342 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7343
7344 if (trypos != NULL)
7345 {
7346 /*
7347 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7348 * handled above.
7349 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7350 * asdf)
7351 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007352 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007353 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007354 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007355 {
7356 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007357 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007358 continue;
7359 }
7360 }
7361
7362 /*
7363 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7364 * indent from
7365 * char *usethis = "bla\
7366 * bla",
7367 * here;
7368 */
7369 if (terminated == ',')
7370 {
7371 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7372 {
7373 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7374 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7375 break;
7376 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007377 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007378 }
7379 }
7380
7381 /*
7382 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7383 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7384 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007385 if (!ind_js)
7386 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007387 &l, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007388 else
7389 cur_amount = get_indent();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007390 /*
7391 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7392 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7393 * while (not)
7394 * -> {
7395 * }
7396 */
7397 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7398 && theline[0] == '{')
7399 {
7400 amount = cur_amount;
7401 /*
7402 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7403 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7404 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7405 * { 1, 2 },
7406 * -> { 3, 4 }
7407 */
7408 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7409 amount += ind_open_extra;
7410
7411 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7412 {
7413 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7414 * class declaration or initialization */
7415 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7416 continue;
7417 }
7418 break;
7419 }
7420
7421 /*
7422 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7423 * Also allow " } else".
7424 */
7425 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7426 {
7427 /*
7428 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7429 * with the last one.
7430 * if (cond)
7431 * 100 +
7432 * -> here;
7433 */
7434 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7435 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7436 {
7437 if (cont_amount > 0)
7438 amount = cont_amount;
7439 else
7440 amount += ind_continuation;
7441 break;
7442 }
7443
7444 /*
7445 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7446 * are finished.
7447 * while (not)
7448 * -> here;
7449 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7450 * before this is terminated.
7451 * yyy;
7452 * if (stat)
7453 * while (not)
7454 * xxx;
7455 * -> here;
7456 */
7457 amount = cur_amount;
7458 if (theline[0] == '{')
7459 amount += ind_open_extra;
7460 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7461 {
7462 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7463 break;
7464 }
7465
7466 /*
7467 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7468 * do, line up with the while()
7469 * do
7470 * x = 1;
7471 * -> here
7472 */
7473 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7474 if (cin_isdo(l))
7475 {
7476 if (whilelevel == 0)
7477 break;
7478 --whilelevel;
7479 }
7480
7481 /*
7482 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7483 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7484 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7485 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7486 */
7487 if (cin_iselse(l)
7488 && whilelevel == 0
7489 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7490 == NULL
7491 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7492 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7493 break;
7494 }
7495
7496 /*
7497 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7498 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007499 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007500 * the line before this one.
7501 */
7502 else
7503 {
7504 /*
7505 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7506 * the last one.
7507 * c = 99 +
7508 * 100 +
7509 * -> here;
7510 */
7511 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7512 {
7513 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7514 if (terminated == ',')
7515 amount += ind_continuation;
7516 break;
7517 }
7518
7519 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7520 {
7521 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7522 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7523 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7524 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7525 * enumerations/initializations. */
7526 if (terminated == ',')
7527 {
7528 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7529 break;
7530
7531 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7532 continue;
7533 }
7534
7535 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7536 * reduce indent. */
7537 if (amount > cur_amount)
7538 amount = cur_amount;
7539 }
7540 else
7541 {
7542 /*
7543 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7544 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7545 * 100 +
7546 * -> here;
7547 */
7548 amount = cur_amount;
7549
7550 /*
7551 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7552 * are in an initialization or enum
7553 * struct xxx =
7554 * {
7555 * sizeof a,
7556 * 124 };
7557 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7558 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7559 * yet.
7560 */
7561 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7562 {
7563 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7564 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7565 }
7566 else
7567 {
7568 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7569 && *l != NUL
7570 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7571 /* XXX */
7572 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7573 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7574 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7575 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7576 }
7577 }
7578 }
7579 }
7580
7581 /*
7582 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7583 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7584 */
7585 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007586 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7587 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007588 {
7589 /*
7590 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7591 * with the last one.
7592 * while (cond);
7593 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7594 * -> here;
7595 */
7596 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7597 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7598 {
7599 if (cont_amount > 0)
7600 amount = cont_amount;
7601 else
7602 amount += ind_continuation;
7603 break;
7604 }
7605
7606 if (whilelevel == 0)
7607 {
7608 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7609 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7610 if (theline[0] == '{')
7611 amount += ind_open_extra;
7612 }
7613 ++whilelevel;
7614 }
7615
7616 /*
7617 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7618 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7619 * indent of that other statement.
7620 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7621 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7622 */
7623 else
7624 {
7625 /*
7626 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7627 * may be lined up with the case label.
7628 */
7629 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7630 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7631 {
7632 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7633 continue;
7634 }
7635
7636 /*
7637 * Handle "do {" line.
7638 */
7639 if (whilelevel > 0)
7640 {
7641 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7642 if (cin_isdo(l))
7643 {
7644 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7645 --whilelevel;
7646 continue;
7647 }
7648 }
7649
7650 /*
7651 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7652 * the amount for a continuation line.
7653 * x = 1;
7654 * y = foo +
7655 * -> here;
7656 * or
7657 * int x = 1;
7658 * int foo,
7659 * -> here;
7660 */
7661 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7662 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7663 {
7664 if (cont_amount > 0)
7665 amount = cont_amount;
7666 else
7667 amount += ind_continuation;
7668 break;
7669 }
7670
7671 /*
7672 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7673 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7674 * x = 1; x = 1;
7675 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7676 * while (asdf) ->here;
7677 * here;
7678 * ->foo;
7679 */
7680 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7681 {
7682 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7683 break;
7684 }
7685
7686 /*
7687 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7688 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7689 * a terminated line.
7690 */
7691 else
7692 {
7693 /*
7694 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7695 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7696 * the line. Helps for:
7697 * func(asdr,
7698 * asdfasdf);
7699 * here;
7700 */
7701term_again:
7702 l = ml_get_curline();
7703 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7704 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7705 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7706 {
7707 /*
7708 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7709 * handled above.
7710 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7711 * asdf)
7712 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007713 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007714 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007715 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007716 {
7717 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007718 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007719 continue;
7720 }
7721 }
7722
7723 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7724 * with a statement after it.
7725 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7726 * stat;
7727 * }
7728 * case 2:
7729 * stat;
7730 * }
7731 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007732 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007733
7734 /*
7735 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7736 * ignoring any jump label.
7737 */
7738 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7739 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7740
7741 if (theline[0] == '{')
7742 amount += ind_open_extra;
7743 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007744 l = skipwhite(l);
7745 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007746 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7747 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7748
7749 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007750 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7751 * the matching "if":
7752 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007753 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007754 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7755 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7756 */
7757 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7758 && *l != '}'
7759 && cin_iselse(l)
7760 && whilelevel == 0)
7761 {
7762 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7763 == NULL
7764 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7765 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7766 break;
7767 continue;
7768 }
7769
7770 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007771 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7772 * that block.
7773 */
7774 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7775 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7776 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7777 != NULL) /* XXX */
7778 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007779 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007780 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7781 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7782 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7783 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7784 goto term_again;
7785 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007786 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007787 }
7788 }
7789 }
7790 }
7791 }
7792 }
7793
7794 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7795 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7796 amount += ind_comment;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02007797
7798 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
7799 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
7800 amount -= ind_jump_label;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007801 }
7802
7803 /*
7804 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7805 *
7806 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7807 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7808 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7809 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7810 */
7811 else
7812 {
7813 /*
7814 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7815 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7816 * of a function
7817 */
7818
7819 if (theline[0] == '{')
7820 {
7821 amount = ind_first_open;
7822 }
7823
7824 /*
7825 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7826 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007827 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7828 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7829 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007830 */
7831 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7832 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007833 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7834 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007835 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7836 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7837 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7838 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7839 {
7840 amount = ind_func_type;
7841 }
7842 else
7843 {
7844 amount = 0;
7845 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7846
7847 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7848
7849 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7850 {
7851 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7852 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7853
7854 l = ml_get_curline();
7855
7856 /*
7857 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7858 */ /* XXX */
7859 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7860 {
7861 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007862 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007863 continue;
7864 }
7865
7866 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007867 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7868 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007869 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007870 n = FALSE;
7871 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7872 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007873 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007874 l = ml_get_curline();
7875 }
7876 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007877 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007878 /* XXX */
7879 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7880 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007881 break;
7882 }
7883
7884 /*
7885 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7886 */
7887 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7888 continue;
7889
7890 if (cin_nocode(l))
7891 continue;
7892
7893 /*
7894 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7895 * indentation:
7896 * int foo,
7897 * bar;
7898 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7899 * enum foobar
7900 * {
7901 * ...
7902 * } foo,
7903 * bar;
7904 */
7905 n = 0;
7906 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7907 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7908 {
7909 /* take us back to opening paren */
7910 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7911 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7912 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007913 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007914
7915 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7916 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7917 * char *foo = "bla\
7918 * bla",
7919 * here;
7920 */
7921 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7922 {
7923 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7924 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7925 break;
7926 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007927 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007928 }
7929
7930 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7931
7932 if (amount == 0)
7933 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7934 if (amount == 0)
7935 amount = ind_continuation;
7936 break;
7937 }
7938
7939 /*
7940 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7941 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7942 */
7943 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7944 break;
7945 l = ml_get_curline();
7946
7947 /*
7948 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7949 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7950 */
7951 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7952 break;
7953
7954 /* (matching {)
7955 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7956 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7957 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7958 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7959 */
7960 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7961 break;
7962
7963 /*
7964 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7965 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7966 * parameters.
7967 */
7968 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7969 {
7970 amount = ind_param;
7971 break;
7972 }
7973
7974 /*
7975 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7976 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7977 * int foo,
7978 * bar;
7979 * indent_to_0 here;
7980 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007981 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007982 {
7983 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7984 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7985 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7986 break;
7987 l = ml_get_curline();
7988 }
7989
7990 /*
7991 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7992 * use the indent of this line.
7993 *
7994 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7995 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7996 */
7997 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7998
7999 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
8000 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00008001 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008002 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
8003 break;
8004 }
8005
8006 /* add extra indent for a comment */
8007 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
8008 amount += ind_comment;
8009
8010 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
8011 * "asdfasdf\
8012 * here";
8013 * char *foo = "asdf\
8014 * here";
8015 */
8016 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
8017 {
8018 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8019 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
8020 {
8021 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8022 if (cur_amount > 0)
8023 amount = cur_amount;
8024 else if (cur_amount == 0)
8025 amount += ind_continuation;
8026 }
8027 }
8028 }
8029 }
8030
8031theend:
8032 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
8033 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
8034
8035 vim_free(linecopy);
8036
8037 if (amount < 0)
8038 return 0;
8039 return amount;
8040}
8041
8042 static int
8043find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
8044 int lookfor;
8045 linenr_T ourscope;
8046 int ind_maxparen;
8047 int ind_maxcomment;
8048{
8049 char_u *look;
8050 pos_T *theirscope;
8051 char_u *mightbeif;
8052 int elselevel;
8053 int whilelevel;
8054
8055 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8056 {
8057 elselevel = 1;
8058 whilelevel = 0;
8059 }
8060 else
8061 {
8062 elselevel = 0;
8063 whilelevel = 1;
8064 }
8065
8066 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8067
8068 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
8069 {
8070 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
8071 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8072
8073 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8074 if (cin_iselse(look)
8075 || cin_isif(look)
8076 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8077 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8078 {
8079 /*
8080 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8081 * we must be out of scope...
8082 */
8083 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8084 if (theirscope == NULL)
8085 break;
8086
8087 /*
8088 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8089 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8090 * out of luck too.
8091 */
8092 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8093 break;
8094
8095 /*
8096 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8097 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8098 * different scope...
8099 */
8100 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8101 continue;
8102
8103 /*
8104 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8105 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8106 * increment elselevel
8107 */
8108 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8109 if (cin_iselse(look))
8110 {
8111 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8112 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8113 ++elselevel;
8114 continue;
8115 }
8116
8117 /*
8118 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8119 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8120 */
8121 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8122 {
8123 ++whilelevel;
8124 continue;
8125 }
8126
8127 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8128 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8129 if (cin_isif(look))
8130 {
8131 elselevel--;
8132 /*
8133 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8134 * get in the way.
8135 */
8136 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8137 whilelevel = 0;
8138 }
8139
8140 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8141 if (cin_isdo(look))
8142 whilelevel--;
8143
8144 /*
8145 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8146 * this must be the if that we want!
8147 * match the indent level of that if.
8148 */
8149 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8150 {
8151 return OK;
8152 }
8153 }
8154 }
8155 return FAIL;
8156}
8157
8158# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8159/*
8160 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8161 */
8162 int
8163get_expr_indent()
8164{
8165 int indent;
8166 pos_T pos;
8167 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008168 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8169 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008170
8171 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8172 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008173 if (use_sandbox)
8174 ++sandbox;
8175 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008176 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008177 if (use_sandbox)
8178 --sandbox;
8179 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008180
8181 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8182 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8183 * command. */
8184 save_State = State;
8185 State = INSERT;
8186 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8187 check_cursor();
8188 State = save_State;
8189
8190 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8191 if (indent < 0)
8192 indent = get_indent();
8193
8194 return indent;
8195}
8196# endif
8197
8198#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8199
8200#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8201
8202static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8203
8204 static int
8205lisp_match(p)
8206 char_u *p;
8207{
8208 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8209 int len;
8210 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8211
8212 while (*word != NUL)
8213 {
8214 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8215 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8216 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8217 return TRUE;
8218 }
8219 return FALSE;
8220}
8221
8222/*
8223 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8224 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8225 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8226 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8227 *
8228 * TODO:
8229 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8230 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8231 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8232 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8233 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8234 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008235 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8236 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008237 */
8238 int
8239get_lisp_indent()
8240{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008241 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008242 int amount;
8243 char_u *that;
8244 colnr_T col;
8245 colnr_T firsttry;
8246 int parencount, quotecount;
8247 int vi_lisp;
8248
8249 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8250 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8251
8252 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8253 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8254
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008255 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8256 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8257 else
8258 {
8259 paren = *pos;
8260 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8261 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8262 pos = &paren;
8263 }
8264 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008265 {
8266 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8267 * line that is at the same () level. */
8268 amount = -1;
8269 parencount = 0;
8270
8271 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8272 {
8273 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8274 continue;
8275 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8276 {
8277 if (*that == ';')
8278 {
8279 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8280 ++that;
8281 continue;
8282 }
8283 if (*that == '\\')
8284 {
8285 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8286 ++that;
8287 continue;
8288 }
8289 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8290 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008291 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8292 {
8293 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8294 if (*that == '\\')
8295 {
8296 if (*++that == NUL)
8297 break;
8298 if (that[1] == NUL)
8299 {
8300 ++that;
8301 break;
8302 }
8303 }
8304 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008305 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008306 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008307 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008308 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008309 --parencount;
8310 }
8311 if (parencount == 0)
8312 {
8313 amount = get_indent();
8314 break;
8315 }
8316 }
8317
8318 if (amount == -1)
8319 {
8320 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8321 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8322 col = pos->col;
8323
8324 that = ml_get_curline();
8325
8326 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8327 amount = 2;
8328 else
8329 {
8330 amount = 0;
8331 while (*that && col)
8332 {
8333 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8334 col--;
8335 }
8336
8337 /*
8338 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8339 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8340 *
8341 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8342 * (...)) of (...))
8343 */
8344
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008345 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8346 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008347 amount += 2;
8348 else
8349 {
8350 that++;
8351 amount++;
8352 firsttry = amount;
8353
8354 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8355 {
8356 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8357 ++that;
8358 }
8359
8360 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8361 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008362 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008363 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008364 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008365 firsttry++;
8366
8367 parencount = 0;
8368 quotecount = 0;
8369
8370 if (vi_lisp
8371 || (*that != '"'
8372 && *that != '\''
8373 && *that != '#'
8374 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8375 {
8376 while (*that
8377 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8378 || quotecount
8379 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008380 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008381 && !quotecount
8382 && !parencount
8383 && vi_lisp)))
8384 {
8385 if (*that == '"')
8386 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008387 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8388 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008389 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008390 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8391 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008392 --parencount;
8393 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8394 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8395 (colnr_T)amount);
8396 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8397 (colnr_T)amount);
8398 }
8399 }
8400 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8401 {
8402 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8403 that++;
8404 }
8405 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8406 amount = firsttry;
8407 }
8408 }
8409 }
8410 }
8411 }
8412 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008413 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008414
8415 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8416
8417 return amount;
8418}
8419#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8420
8421 void
8422prepare_to_exit()
8423{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008424#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8425 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8426 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8427 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008428 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8429#endif
8430
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008431#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8432 if (gui.in_use)
8433 {
8434 gui.dying = TRUE;
8435 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8436 }
8437 else
8438#endif
8439 {
8440 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8441
8442 /*
8443 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8444 * screen (if there are two screens).
8445 */
8446 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8447#ifdef WIN3264
8448 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8449#endif
8450 stoptermcap();
8451 out_flush();
8452 }
8453}
8454
8455/*
8456 * Preserve files and exit.
8457 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8458 */
8459 void
8460preserve_exit()
8461{
8462 buf_T *buf;
8463
8464 prepare_to_exit();
8465
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008466 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8467 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8468 really_exiting = TRUE;
8469
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008470 out_str(IObuff);
8471 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8472 out_flush();
8473
8474 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8475
8476 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8477 {
8478 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8479 {
8480 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8481 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8482 out_flush();
8483 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8484 break;
8485 }
8486 }
8487
8488 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8489
8490 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8491
8492 getout(1);
8493}
8494
8495/*
8496 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8497 */
8498 int
8499vim_fexists(fname)
8500 char_u *fname;
8501{
8502 struct stat st;
8503
8504 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8505 return FALSE;
8506 return TRUE;
8507}
8508
8509/*
8510 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8511 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8512 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8513 * time, because it can be a system call.
8514 */
8515
8516#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8517# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8518# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8519# else
8520# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8521# endif
8522#endif
8523
8524static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8525
8526 void
8527line_breakcheck()
8528{
8529 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8530 {
8531 breakcheck_count = 0;
8532 ui_breakcheck();
8533 }
8534}
8535
8536/*
8537 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8538 */
8539 void
8540fast_breakcheck()
8541{
8542 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8543 {
8544 breakcheck_count = 0;
8545 ui_breakcheck();
8546 }
8547}
8548
8549/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008550 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8551 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8552 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8553 */
8554 int
8555expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8556 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8557 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8558 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8559 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8560{
8561 int ret = FAIL;
8562 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8563 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8564 char_u *ignored_msg;
8565 int usedlen;
8566
8567 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8568 {
8569 ++emsg_off;
8570 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8571 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8572 --emsg_off;
8573 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8574 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8575 }
8576
8577 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8578 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8579
8580 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8581 {
8582 vim_free(exp_pat);
8583 vim_free(eval_pat);
8584 }
8585
8586 return ret;
8587}
8588
8589/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008590 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8591 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008592 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008593 */
8594 int
8595expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8596 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8597 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8598 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8599 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8600 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8601{
8602 int retval;
8603 int i, j;
8604 char_u *p;
8605 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8606
8607 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8608
8609 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008610 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008611 return retval;
8612
8613#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8614 /*
8615 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8616 */
8617 if (*p_wig)
8618 {
8619 char_u *ffname;
8620
8621 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8622 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8623 {
8624 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8625 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8626 break;
8627# ifdef VMS
8628 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8629# endif
8630 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8631 {
8632 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8633 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8634 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8635 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8636 --*num_file;
8637 --i;
8638 }
8639 vim_free(ffname);
8640 }
8641 }
8642#endif
8643
8644 /*
8645 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8646 */
8647 if (*num_file > 1)
8648 {
8649 non_suf_match = 0;
8650 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8651 {
8652 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8653 {
8654 /*
8655 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8656 * of the list.
8657 */
8658 p = (*file)[i];
8659 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8660 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8661 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8662 }
8663 }
8664 }
8665
8666 return retval;
8667}
8668
8669/*
8670 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8671 */
8672 int
8673match_suffix(fname)
8674 char_u *fname;
8675{
8676 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8677 char_u *setsuf;
8678#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8679 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8680
8681 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8682 setsuflen = 0;
8683 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8684 {
8685 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008686 if (setsuflen == 0)
8687 {
8688 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8689
8690 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8691 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8692 {
8693 setsuflen = 1;
8694 break;
8695 }
8696 }
8697 else
8698 {
8699 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8700 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8701 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8702 break;
8703 setsuflen = 0;
8704 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008705 }
8706 return (setsuflen != 0);
8707}
8708
8709#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8710
8711# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8712static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8713static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8714# endif
8715
8716# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8717/*
8718 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8719 * it's shared between these systems.
8720 */
8721# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8722# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8723# else
8724# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8725# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8726# endif
8727# endif
8728
8729/*
8730 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8731 */
8732 static int _cdecl
8733pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8734{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008735 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008736}
8737
8738# ifndef WIN3264
8739 static void
8740namelowcpy(
8741 char_u *d,
8742 char_u *s)
8743{
8744# ifdef DJGPP
8745 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8746 while (*s)
8747 *d++ = *s++;
8748 else
8749# endif
8750 while (*s)
8751 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8752 *d = NUL;
8753}
8754# endif
8755
8756/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008757 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8758 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008759 * Return the number of matches found.
8760 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8761 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008762 * Return the number of matches found.
8763 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008764 */
8765 static int
8766dos_expandpath(
8767 garray_T *gap,
8768 char_u *path,
8769 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008770 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008771 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008772{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008773 char_u *buf;
8774 char_u *path_end;
8775 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8776 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8777 char_u *pat;
8778 regmatch_T regmatch;
8779 int starts_with_dot;
8780 int matches;
8781 int len;
8782 int starstar = FALSE;
8783 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008784#ifdef WIN3264
8785 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8786 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8787# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8788 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8789 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8790# endif
8791#else
8792 struct ffblk fb;
8793#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008794 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008795 int ok;
8796
8797 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8798 if (stardepth > 0)
8799 {
8800 ui_breakcheck();
8801 if (got_int)
8802 return 0;
8803 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008804
8805 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008806 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008807 if (buf == NULL)
8808 return 0;
8809
8810 /*
8811 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8812 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8813 */
8814 p = buf;
8815 s = buf;
8816 e = NULL;
8817 path_end = path;
8818 while (*path_end != NUL)
8819 {
8820 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8821 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8822 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8823 *p++ = *path_end++;
8824 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8825 {
8826 if (e != NULL)
8827 break;
8828 s = p + 1;
8829 }
8830 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8831 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8832 e = p;
8833#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8834 if (has_mbyte)
8835 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008836 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008837 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8838 p += len;
8839 path_end += len;
8840 }
8841 else
8842#endif
8843 *p++ = *path_end++;
8844 }
8845 e = p;
8846 *e = NUL;
8847
8848 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8849 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8850 * component. */
8851 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8852 if (rem_backslash(p))
8853 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008854 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008855 --e;
8856 --s;
8857 }
8858
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008859 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8860 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8861 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8862 starstar = TRUE;
8863
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008864 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8865 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8866 if (pat == NULL)
8867 {
8868 vim_free(buf);
8869 return 0;
8870 }
8871
8872 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8873 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8874 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8875 vim_free(pat);
8876
8877 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8878 {
8879 vim_free(buf);
8880 return 0;
8881 }
8882
8883 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8884 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8885
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008886 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8887 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8888 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8889 && *path_end == '/')
8890 {
8891 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8892 ++stardepth;
8893 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8894 --stardepth;
8895 }
8896
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008897 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8898 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8899#ifdef WIN3264
8900# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8901 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8902 {
8903 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8904 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8905 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008906 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008907 if (wn != NULL)
8908 {
8909 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8910 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8911 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8912 {
8913 vim_free(wn);
8914 wn = NULL;
8915 }
8916 }
8917 }
8918
8919 if (wn == NULL)
8920# endif
8921 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8922 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8923#else
8924 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8925 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8926 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8927#endif
8928
8929 while (ok)
8930 {
8931#ifdef WIN3264
8932# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8933 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008934 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008935 else
8936# endif
8937 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8938#else
8939 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8940#endif
8941 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8942 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8943 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8944 && (matchname == NULL
8945 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8946 {
8947#ifdef WIN3264
8948 STRCPY(s, p);
8949#else
8950 namelowcpy(s, p);
8951#endif
8952 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008953
8954 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8955 {
8956 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8957 * find matches. */
8958 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8959 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8960 ++stardepth;
8961 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8962 --stardepth;
8963 }
8964
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008965 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8966 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8967 {
8968 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8969 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008970 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008971 }
8972 else
8973 {
8974 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8975 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8976 if (*path_end != 0)
8977 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8978 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8979 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8980 }
8981 }
8982
8983#ifdef WIN3264
8984# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8985 if (wn != NULL)
8986 {
8987 vim_free(p);
8988 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8989 }
8990 else
8991# endif
8992 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8993#else
8994 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8995#endif
8996
8997 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8998 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8999 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
9000 {
9001 STRCPY(s, matchname);
9002#ifdef WIN3264
9003 FindClose(hFind);
9004# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9005 if (wn != NULL)
9006 {
9007 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00009008 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009009 if (wn != NULL)
9010 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
9011 }
9012 if (wn == NULL)
9013# endif
9014 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
9015 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
9016#else
9017 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
9018 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
9019#endif
9020 vim_free(matchname);
9021 matchname = NULL;
9022 }
9023 }
9024
9025#ifdef WIN3264
9026 FindClose(hFind);
9027# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9028 vim_free(wn);
9029# endif
9030#endif
9031 vim_free(buf);
9032 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9033 vim_free(matchname);
9034
9035 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9036 if (matches > 0)
9037 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
9038 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9039 return matches;
9040}
9041
9042 int
9043mch_expandpath(
9044 garray_T *gap,
9045 char_u *path,
9046 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
9047{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009048 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009049}
9050# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
9051
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009052#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
9053 || defined(PROTO)
9054/*
9055 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
9056 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
9057 */
9058static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
9059
9060 static int
9061pstrcmp(a, b)
9062 const void *a, *b;
9063{
9064 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
9065}
9066
9067/*
9068 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
9069 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
9070 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
9071 * at "path + wildoff".
9072 * Return the number of matches found.
9073 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
9074 */
9075 int
9076unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9077 garray_T *gap;
9078 char_u *path;
9079 int wildoff;
9080 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9081 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9082{
9083 char_u *buf;
9084 char_u *path_end;
9085 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9086 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9087 char_u *pat;
9088 regmatch_T regmatch;
9089 int starts_with_dot;
9090 int matches;
9091 int len;
9092 int starstar = FALSE;
9093 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9094
9095 DIR *dirp;
9096 struct dirent *dp;
9097
9098 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9099 if (stardepth > 0)
9100 {
9101 ui_breakcheck();
9102 if (got_int)
9103 return 0;
9104 }
9105
9106 /* make room for file name */
9107 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9108 if (buf == NULL)
9109 return 0;
9110
9111 /*
9112 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9113 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9114 */
9115 p = buf;
9116 s = buf;
9117 e = NULL;
9118 path_end = path;
9119 while (*path_end != NUL)
9120 {
9121 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9122 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9123 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9124 *p++ = *path_end++;
9125 else if (*path_end == '/')
9126 {
9127 if (e != NULL)
9128 break;
9129 s = p + 1;
9130 }
9131 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9132 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9133 e = p;
9134#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9135 if (has_mbyte)
9136 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009137 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009138 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9139 p += len;
9140 path_end += len;
9141 }
9142 else
9143#endif
9144 *p++ = *path_end++;
9145 }
9146 e = p;
9147 *e = NUL;
9148
9149 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9150 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9151 * component. */
9152 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9153 if (rem_backslash(p))
9154 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009155 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009156 --e;
9157 --s;
9158 }
9159
9160 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9161 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9162 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9163 starstar = TRUE;
9164
9165 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9166 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9167 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9168 if (pat == NULL)
9169 {
9170 vim_free(buf);
9171 return 0;
9172 }
9173
9174 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009175#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009176 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9177#else
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009178 if (flags & EW_ICASE)
9179 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */
9180 else
9181 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009182#endif
9183 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9184 vim_free(pat);
9185
9186 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9187 {
9188 vim_free(buf);
9189 return 0;
9190 }
9191
9192 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9193 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9194 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9195 && *path_end == '/')
9196 {
9197 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9198 ++stardepth;
9199 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9200 --stardepth;
9201 }
9202
9203 /* open the directory for scanning */
9204 *s = NUL;
9205 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9206
9207 /* Find all matching entries */
9208 if (dirp != NULL)
9209 {
9210 for (;;)
9211 {
9212 dp = readdir(dirp);
9213 if (dp == NULL)
9214 break;
9215 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9216 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9217 {
9218 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9219 len = STRLEN(buf);
9220
9221 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9222 {
9223 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9224 * find matches. */
9225 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9226 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9227 ++stardepth;
9228 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9229 --stardepth;
9230 }
9231
9232 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9233 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9234 {
9235 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9236 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9237 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9238 }
9239 else
9240 {
9241 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9242 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9243 if (*path_end != NUL)
9244 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9245 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9246 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009247#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009248 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9249 char_u *precomp_buf =
9250 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009251
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009252 if (precomp_buf)
9253 {
9254 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9255 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9256 }
9257#endif
9258 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9259 }
9260 }
9261 }
9262 }
9263
9264 closedir(dirp);
9265 }
9266
9267 vim_free(buf);
9268 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9269
9270 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9271 if (matches > 0)
9272 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9273 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9274 return matches;
9275}
9276#endif
9277
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009278#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9279static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep));
9280static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i));
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009281static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap));
9282static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap));
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009283static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern));
9284static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags));
9285
9286/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009287 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path".
9288 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009289 */
9290 static int
9291find_previous_pathsep(path, psep)
9292 char_u *path;
9293 char_u **psep;
9294{
9295 /* skip the current separator */
9296 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009297 --*psep;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009298
9299 /* find the previous separator */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009300 while (*psep > path)
9301 {
9302 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9303 return OK;
9304 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep);
9305 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009306
9307 return FAIL;
9308}
9309
9310/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009311 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap".
9312 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009313 */
9314 static int
9315is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i)
9316 char_u *maybe_unique;
9317 garray_T *gap;
9318 int i;
9319{
9320 int j;
9321 int candidate_len;
9322 int other_path_len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009323 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009324 char_u *rival;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009325
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009326 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009327 {
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009328 if (j == i)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009329 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009330
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009331 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
9332 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009333 if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009334 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009335
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009336 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len;
Bram Moolenaarda9836c2010-08-16 21:53:27 +02009337 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0
9338 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1))))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009339 return FALSE; /* match */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009340 }
9341
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009342 return TRUE; /* no match found */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009343}
9344
9345/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02009346 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009347 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "."
9348 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current
9349 * directory) notations.
9350 *
9351 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by
9352 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s).
9353 */
9354 static void
9355expand_path_option(curdir, gap)
9356 char_u *curdir;
9357 garray_T *gap;
9358{
9359 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
9360 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
9361 char_u *buf;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009362 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009363 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009364
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009365 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009366 return;
9367
9368 while (*path_option != NUL)
9369 {
9370 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
9371
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009372 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1])))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009373 {
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009374 /* Relative to current buffer:
9375 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/"
9376 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009377 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
9378 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009379 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname);
9380 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname);
9381 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL)
9382 continue;
9383 if (buf[1] == NUL)
9384 buf[len] = NUL;
9385 else
9386 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2);
9387 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len);
9388 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009389 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009390 else if (buf[0] == NUL)
9391 /* relative to current directory */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009392 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009393 else if (path_with_url(buf))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009394 /* URL can't be used here */
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009395 continue;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009396 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf))
9397 {
9398 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009399 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir);
9400 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009401 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009402 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009403 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009404 buf[len] = PATHSEP;
Bram Moolenaar57adda12010-08-03 22:11:29 +02009405 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009406 }
9407
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009408 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9409 break;
9410 p = vim_strsave(buf);
9411 if (p == NULL)
9412 break;
9413 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009414 }
9415
9416 vim_free(buf);
9417}
9418
9419/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009420 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the
9421 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example:
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009422 *
9423 * path: /foo/bar/baz
9424 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009425 * returns: ^this
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009426 */
9427 static char_u *
9428get_path_cutoff(fname, gap)
9429 char_u *fname;
9430 garray_T *gap;
9431{
9432 int i;
9433 int maxlen = 0;
9434 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9435 char_u *cutoff = NULL;
9436
9437 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9438 {
9439 int j = 0;
9440
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009441 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j]
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009442# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009443 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j]))
9444#endif
9445 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009446 j++;
9447 if (j > maxlen)
9448 {
9449 maxlen = j;
9450 cutoff = &fname[j];
9451 }
9452 }
9453
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009454 /* skip to the file or directory name */
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009455 if (cutoff != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009456 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff))
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009457 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009458
9459 return cutoff;
9460}
9461
9462/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009463 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so
9464 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part
9465 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009466 */
9467 static void
9468uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009469 garray_T *gap;
9470 char_u *pattern;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009471{
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009472 int i;
9473 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009474 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009475 int sort_again = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009476 char_u *pat;
9477 char_u *file_pattern;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009478 char_u *curdir;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009479 regmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009480 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009481 char_u **in_curdir = NULL;
9482 char_u *short_name;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009483
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009484 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009485 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009486
9487 /*
9488 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
9489 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009490 * possible patterns?
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009491 */
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009492 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009493 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009494 if (file_pattern == NULL)
9495 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009496 file_pattern[0] = '*';
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009497 file_pattern[1] = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009498 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
9499 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
9500 vim_free(file_pattern);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009501 if (pat == NULL)
9502 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009503
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009504 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
9505 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
9506 vim_free(pat);
9507 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009508 return;
9509
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009510 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009511 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009512 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009513 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009514
9515 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *));
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009516 if (in_curdir == NULL)
9517 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009518
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009519 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009520 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009521 char_u *path = fnames[i];
9522 int is_in_curdir;
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009523 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009524 char_u *pathsep_p;
9525 char_u *path_cutoff;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009526
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009527 len = (int)STRLEN(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009528 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009529 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009530 if (is_in_curdir)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009531 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009532
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009533 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */
9534 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009535
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009536 /* we start at the end of the path */
9537 pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
9538
9539 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
9540 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
9541 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i)
9542 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff)
9543 {
9544 sort_again = TRUE;
9545 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
9546 break;
9547 }
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009548
9549 if (mch_isFullName(path))
9550 {
9551 /*
9552 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible.
9553 * 'possible' means:
9554 * 1. It is under the current directory.
9555 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original.
9556 *
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009557 * Before curdir After
9558 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt
9559 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt
9560 * /file.txt / /file.txt
9561 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009562 */
9563 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009564 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1
9565#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009566 /* On windows,
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009567 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b")
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009568 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009569 * name, hence: */
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009570 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name)
9571#endif
9572 )
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009573 {
9574 STRCPY(path, ".");
9575 add_pathsep(path);
Bram Moolenaarcda000e2010-08-14 13:34:39 +02009576 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name);
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009577 }
9578 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009579 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009580 }
9581
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009582 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009583 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009584 {
9585 char_u *rel_path;
9586 char_u *path = in_curdir[i];
9587
9588 if (path == NULL)
9589 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009590
9591 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}.
9592 * Else reduce it to {filename} */
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009593 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
9594 if (short_name == NULL)
9595 short_name = path;
9596 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i))
9597 {
9598 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name);
9599 continue;
9600 }
9601
9602 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2));
9603 if (rel_path == NULL)
9604 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009605 STRCPY(rel_path, ".");
9606 add_pathsep(rel_path);
9607 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name);
9608
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009609 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9610 fnames[i] = rel_path;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009611 sort_again = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009612 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009613 }
9614
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009615theend:
9616 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009617 if (in_curdir != NULL)
9618 {
9619 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9620 vim_free(in_curdir[i]);
9621 vim_free(in_curdir);
9622 }
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009623 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009624 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009625
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009626 if (sort_again)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009627 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009628}
9629
9630/*
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009631 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the
9632 * result in "gap".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009633 * Returns the total number of matches.
9634 */
9635 static int
9636expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags)
9637 garray_T *gap;
9638 char_u *pattern;
9639 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9640{
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009641 char_u *curdir;
9642 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009643 char_u *files = NULL;
9644 char_u *s; /* start */
9645 char_u *e; /* end */
9646 char_u *paths = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009647
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009648 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009649 return 0;
9650 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
9651
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009652 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009653 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
9654 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar006d2b02010-08-04 12:39:44 +02009655 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0)
9656 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009657
9658 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga);
9659 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
9660 if (paths == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009661 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009662
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009663 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009664 vim_free(paths);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009665 if (files == NULL)
9666 return 0;
9667
9668 /* Copy each path in files into gap */
9669 s = e = files;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009670 while (*s != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009671 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009672 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009673 e++;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009674 if (*e == NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009675 {
9676 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9677 break;
9678 }
9679 else
9680 {
9681 /* *e is '\n' */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009682 *e = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009683 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9684 e++;
9685 s = e;
9686 }
9687 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009688 vim_free(files);
9689
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009690 return gap->ga_len;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009691}
9692#endif
9693
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009694#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9695/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009696 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a
9697 * list of file names in allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009698 */
9699 void
9700remove_duplicates(gap)
9701 garray_T *gap;
9702{
9703 int i;
9704 int j;
9705 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9706
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009707 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009708 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i)
9709 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
9710 {
9711 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9712 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
9713 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
9714 --gap->ga_len;
9715 }
9716}
9717#endif
9718
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009719/*
9720 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9721 *
9722 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9723 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9724 *
9725 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9726 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9727 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9728 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9729 */
9730 int
9731gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9732 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9733 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9734 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9735 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9736 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9737{
9738 int i;
9739 garray_T ga;
9740 char_u *p;
9741 static int recursive = FALSE;
9742 int add_pat;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009743#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9744 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE;
9745#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009746
9747 /*
9748 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9749 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9750 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9751 * return FAIL.
9752 */
9753 if (recursive)
9754#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9755 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9756#else
9757 return FAIL;
9758#endif
9759
9760#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9761 /*
9762 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9763 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9764 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9765 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9766 */
9767 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9768 {
9769 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9770# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9771 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9772# endif
9773 )
9774 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9775 }
9776#endif
9777
9778 recursive = TRUE;
9779
9780 /*
9781 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9782 */
9783 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9784
9785 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9786 {
9787 add_pat = -1;
9788 p = pat[i];
9789
9790#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9791 if (vim_backtick(p))
9792 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9793 else
9794#endif
9795 {
9796 /*
9797 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9798 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009799 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009800 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009801 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009802 if (p == NULL)
9803 p = pat[i];
9804#ifdef UNIX
9805 /*
9806 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9807 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9808 * found file names and start all over again.
9809 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009810 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009811 {
9812 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009813 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009814 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9815 flags);
9816 recursive = FALSE;
9817 return i;
9818 }
9819#endif
9820 }
9821
9822 /*
9823 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9824 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9825 * the pattern.
9826 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9827 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9828 */
9829 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009830 {
9831#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009832 if ((flags & EW_PATH)
9833 && !mch_isFullName(p)
9834 && !(p[0] == '.'
9835 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1])
9836 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2]))))
9837 )
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009838 {
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009839 /* :find completion where 'path' is used.
9840 * Recursiveness is OK here. */
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009841 recursive = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009842 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009843 recursive = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009844 did_expand_in_path = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009845 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009846 else
9847#endif
9848 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9849 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009850 }
9851
9852 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9853 {
9854 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9855
9856#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9857 slash_to_colon(t);
9858#endif
9859 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9860 * "vim c:/" work. */
9861 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9862 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9863 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9864 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9865 vim_free(t);
9866 }
9867
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009868#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009869 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH))
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009870 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
9871#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009872 if (p != pat[i])
9873 vim_free(p);
9874 }
9875
9876 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9877 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9878
9879 recursive = FALSE;
9880
9881 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9882}
9883
9884# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9885
9886/*
9887 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9888 */
9889 static int
9890vim_backtick(p)
9891 char_u *p;
9892{
9893 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9894}
9895
9896/*
9897 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9898 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9899 * Returns number of file names found.
9900 */
9901 static int
9902expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9903 garray_T *gap;
9904 char_u *pat;
9905 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9906{
9907 char_u *p;
9908 char_u *cmd;
9909 char_u *buffer;
9910 int cnt = 0;
9911 int i;
9912
9913 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9914 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9915 if (cmd == NULL)
9916 return 0;
9917
9918#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9919 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009920 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009921 else
9922#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009923 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9924 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009925 vim_free(cmd);
9926 if (buffer == NULL)
9927 return 0;
9928
9929 cmd = buffer;
9930 while (*cmd != NUL)
9931 {
9932 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9933 p = cmd;
9934 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9935 ++p;
9936 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9937 if (p > cmd)
9938 {
9939 i = *p;
9940 *p = NUL;
9941 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9942 *p = i;
9943 ++cnt;
9944 }
9945 cmd = p;
9946 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9947 ++cmd;
9948 }
9949
9950 vim_free(buffer);
9951 return cnt;
9952}
9953# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9954
9955/*
9956 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9957 * EW_DIR add directories
9958 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009959 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009960 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9961 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9962 */
9963 void
9964addfile(gap, f, flags)
9965 garray_T *gap;
9966 char_u *f; /* filename */
9967 int flags;
9968{
9969 char_u *p;
9970 int isdir;
9971
9972 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9973 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9974 return;
9975
9976#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9977 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9978 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9979 return;
9980#endif
9981
9982 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9983 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9984 return;
9985
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009986 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9987 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9988 return;
9989
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009990 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9991 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9992 return;
9993
9994 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9995 if (p == NULL)
9996 return;
9997
9998 STRCPY(p, f);
9999#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
10000 slash_adjust(p);
10001#endif
10002 /*
10003 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
10004 */
10005#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
10006 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
10007 add_pathsep(p);
10008#endif
10009 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010010}
10011#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
10012
10013#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
10014
10015#ifndef SEEK_SET
10016# define SEEK_SET 0
10017#endif
10018#ifndef SEEK_END
10019# define SEEK_END 2
10020#endif
10021
10022/*
10023 * Get the stdout of an external command.
10024 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
10025 */
10026 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010027get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010028 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010029 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010030 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
10031{
10032 char_u *tempname;
10033 char_u *command;
10034 char_u *buffer = NULL;
10035 int len;
10036 int i = 0;
10037 FILE *fd;
10038
10039 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
10040 return NULL;
10041
10042 /* get a name for the temp file */
10043 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
10044 {
10045 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
10046 return NULL;
10047 }
10048
10049 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010050 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010051 if (command == NULL)
10052 goto done;
10053
10054 /*
10055 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
10056 * Don't check timestamps here.
10057 */
10058 ++no_check_timestamps;
10059 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
10060 --no_check_timestamps;
10061
10062 vim_free(command);
10063
10064 /*
10065 * read the names from the file into memory
10066 */
10067# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +000010068 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010069 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
10070# else
10071 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
10072# endif
10073
10074 if (fd == NULL)
10075 {
10076 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
10077 goto done;
10078 }
10079
10080 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
10081 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
10082 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
10083
10084 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
10085 if (buffer != NULL)
10086 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
10087 fclose(fd);
10088 mch_remove(tempname);
10089 if (buffer == NULL)
10090 goto done;
10091#ifdef VMS
10092 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
10093#endif
10094 if (i != len)
10095 {
10096 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
10097 vim_free(buffer);
10098 buffer = NULL;
10099 }
10100 else
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +020010101 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010102
10103done:
10104 vim_free(tempname);
10105 return buffer;
10106}
10107#endif
10108
10109/*
10110 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
10111 * functions.
10112 */
10113 void
10114FreeWild(count, files)
10115 int count;
10116 char_u **files;
10117{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +000010118 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010119 return;
10120#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
10121 /*
10122 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
10123 * been used???
10124 */
10125 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
10126#else
10127 while (count--)
10128 vim_free(files[count]);
10129 vim_free(files);
10130#endif
10131}
10132
10133/*
Bram Moolenaara9dc3752010-07-11 20:46:53 +020010134 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010135 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
10136 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
10137 */
10138 int
10139goto_im()
10140{
10141 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
10142}